1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
87 #include "langhooks.h"
92 #include "tree-pass.h"
93 #include "tree-flow.h"
95 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
101 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
102 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
105 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
106 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
107 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
108 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
109 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
110 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
111 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
114 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
117 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
118 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
119 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
120 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
126 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
127 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
128 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
129 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
130 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
133 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
134 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
136 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
140 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
143 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
144 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
145 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
146 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
148 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
149 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 && (flag_unwind_tables
151 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
156 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
159 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
163 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
166 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
170 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
173 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
174 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
175 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
176 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
178 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
179 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
182 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
184 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
187 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
192 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
196 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
198 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
201 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
202 must be kept around forever. */
203 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
205 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
206 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
207 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
211 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
212 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
213 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
214 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
215 define type declaration DIE's. */
216 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
218 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
219 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
233 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
235 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
237 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
238 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
239 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
242 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
244 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
246 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
247 Information instructions. The register number, offset
248 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
249 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
251 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
253 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
259 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
260 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
261 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
262 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
268 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
269 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
270 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
277 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
278 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
279 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
280 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
281 of this structure. */
282 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
283 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
284 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
286 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
287 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
290 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
291 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
292 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
293 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
294 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
296 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
298 const char *dw_fde_begin;
299 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
300 const char *dw_fde_end;
301 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
305 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
307 unsigned funcdef_number;
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
309 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
310 unsigned int drap_reg;
311 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
313 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
314 unsigned nothrow : 1;
315 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
316 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
317 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
318 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
319 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
320 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
321 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
323 cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
325 /* True iff switched sections. */
326 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
327 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
332 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
333 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
335 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
336 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
337 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
338 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
341 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
344 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
345 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
346 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
349 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
350 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
353 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
355 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
359 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
360 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
361 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
364 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
365 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
367 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
368 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
371 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
372 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
373 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
376 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
377 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
378 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
384 /* CIE identifier. */
385 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
386 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
387 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
393 information for each routine. */
394 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
397 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
399 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
400 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
408 static inline dw_fde_ref
411 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
414 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
415 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
417 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
418 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
419 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
420 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
421 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
422 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
425 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
427 unsigned int refcount;
428 enum dwarf_form form;
432 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
434 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
438 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
439 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
441 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
442 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
444 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
446 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
447 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
449 /* The default cold text section. */
450 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
452 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
464 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
465 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
512 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
513 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
514 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
515 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
516 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
517 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
519 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
521 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
523 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
524 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
534 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
535 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
540 /* Hook used by __throw. */
543 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
546 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
549 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
550 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
553 stripattributes (const char *s)
555 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
560 while (*s && *s != ',')
567 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
568 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
571 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
574 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
575 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
578 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
580 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
581 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
584 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
588 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
589 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
592 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
594 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
597 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
600 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
603 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
604 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
605 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
606 bool wrote_return_column = false;
608 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
610 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
612 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
614 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
615 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
618 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
619 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
620 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
622 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
624 wrote_return_column = true;
626 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
630 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
631 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
635 if (!wrote_return_column)
636 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
638 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
639 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
642 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
645 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
648 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
653 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655 return "DW_CFA_offset";
657 return "DW_CFA_restore";
661 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
670 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
671 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_undefined:
673 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
674 case DW_CFA_same_value:
675 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
676 case DW_CFA_register:
677 return "DW_CFA_register";
678 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
679 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
684 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
691 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
692 case DW_CFA_expression:
693 return "DW_CFA_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
695 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
702 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
703 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
706 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
707 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
714 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
720 static inline dw_cfi_ref
723 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
725 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
726 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
732 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
735 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
738 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
740 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
741 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
742 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
743 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
744 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
745 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
746 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
759 /* Find the end of the chain. */
760 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
766 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
767 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
770 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
772 static char label[20];
774 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
777 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
790 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
791 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
793 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
794 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
797 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
799 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
801 if (emit_cfa_remember)
803 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
805 /* Emit the state save. */
806 emit_cfa_remember = false;
807 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
808 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
809 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
812 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
814 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
818 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
820 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
822 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
823 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
824 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
825 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
826 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
828 if (dwarf_version == 2
829 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
830 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
831 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
833 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
841 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
842 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
843 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
846 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
850 label = xstrdup (label);
852 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
854 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
855 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
856 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
857 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
858 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
860 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
861 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
869 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
871 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
873 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
874 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
875 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
876 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
877 sure how to address this for now. */
881 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
883 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
886 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
889 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
893 label = xstrdup (label);
895 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
897 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
898 set the location directly using set_loc. */
899 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
900 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
903 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
905 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
908 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
911 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
914 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
917 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
919 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
923 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
926 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
930 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
931 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
934 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
937 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
938 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
940 remember->in_use = 1;
942 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
943 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
945 remember->in_use = 0;
953 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
956 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
960 dw_cfa_location remember;
962 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
963 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
966 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
967 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
969 fde = current_fde ();
971 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
972 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
975 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
976 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
978 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
982 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
983 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
985 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
986 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
988 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
989 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
991 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
992 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
993 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
996 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1000 loc.base_offset = 0;
1002 loc.offset = offset;
1003 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1006 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1009 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1011 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1012 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1013 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1014 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1015 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1018 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1019 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1022 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1025 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1030 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1031 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1033 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1034 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1036 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1037 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1042 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1045 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1046 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1047 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1049 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1051 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1055 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1056 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1057 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1059 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3779 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3781 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3783 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3788 if (augmentation[0])
3790 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3794 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3795 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3800 if (any_lsda_needed)
3801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3802 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3804 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3806 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3809 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3810 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3812 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3813 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3814 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3817 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3818 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3821 fde = &fde_table[i];
3823 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3824 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3825 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3826 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3827 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3830 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3831 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3832 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3835 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3836 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3837 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3838 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3839 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3840 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3843 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3848 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3851 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3855 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3857 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3861 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3864 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3865 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3866 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3867 of the weirder relocation types. */
3868 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3869 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3871 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3872 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3873 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3876 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3880 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3882 current_function_funcdef_no);
3883 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3884 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3886 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3887 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3889 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3890 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3891 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3895 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3899 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3900 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3902 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3907 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3909 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3910 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3911 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3913 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3914 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3917 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3921 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3922 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3924 current_function_funcdef_no);
3925 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3926 current_function_funcdef_no);
3927 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3928 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3930 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3931 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3932 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3936 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3937 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3939 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3940 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3941 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3942 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3945 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3946 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3948 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3949 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3950 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3951 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3952 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3953 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3954 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3959 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3960 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3961 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3962 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3963 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3964 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3965 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3966 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3967 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3968 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3970 section *unlikelysec;
3971 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3972 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3975 = (fnsec == text_section
3976 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3977 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3978 fde->cold_in_std_section
3979 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3980 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3985 = (fnsec == text_section
3986 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3987 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3990 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3992 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3993 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3994 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3996 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3999 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4000 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4003 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4004 if (!current_unit_personality)
4005 current_unit_personality = personality;
4007 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4008 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4009 function anymore. */
4011 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4012 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4013 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4017 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4018 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4022 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4023 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4026 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4029 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4032 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4033 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4035 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4038 current_function_funcdef_no);
4039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4040 fde = current_fde ();
4041 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4042 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4046 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4048 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4049 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4050 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4051 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4053 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4054 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4056 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4057 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4059 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4060 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4061 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4066 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4068 /* Output call frame information. */
4069 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4070 output_call_frame_info (0);
4072 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4073 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4074 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4075 output_call_frame_info (1);
4079 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4082 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4084 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4085 if (sec == text_section)
4086 text_section_used = true;
4087 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4088 cold_text_section_used = true;
4092 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4094 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4096 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4098 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4099 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4101 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4102 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4103 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4104 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4105 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4107 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4108 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4109 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4111 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4112 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4113 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4115 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4116 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4118 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4119 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4121 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4123 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4124 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4126 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4130 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4132 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4134 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4135 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4136 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4141 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4142 for emitting location expressions. */
4144 /* Data about a single source file. */
4145 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4146 const char * filename;
4150 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4151 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4152 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4153 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4156 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4160 } deferred_locations;
4162 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4165 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4167 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4168 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4170 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4171 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4172 implementation are listed below. */
4177 dw_val_class_offset,
4179 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4180 dw_val_class_range_list,
4182 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4183 dw_val_class_const_double,
4186 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4187 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4188 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4189 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4191 dw_val_class_macptr,
4196 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4198 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4199 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4205 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4206 represented internally. */
4208 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4209 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4210 union dw_val_struct_union
4212 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4213 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4214 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4215 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4216 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4217 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4218 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4219 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4220 struct dw_val_die_union
4224 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4225 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4226 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4227 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4228 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4229 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4230 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4232 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4236 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4239 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4240 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4241 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4242 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4243 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4244 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4246 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4251 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4252 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4253 their entire life. */
4254 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4255 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4256 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4257 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4258 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4259 Only on head of list */
4260 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4261 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4264 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4266 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4268 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4271 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4276 return "DW_OP_addr";
4278 return "DW_OP_deref";
4280 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4282 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4284 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4286 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4288 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4290 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4292 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4294 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4296 return "DW_OP_constu";
4298 return "DW_OP_consts";
4302 return "DW_OP_drop";
4304 return "DW_OP_over";
4306 return "DW_OP_pick";
4308 return "DW_OP_swap";
4312 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4320 return "DW_OP_minus";
4332 return "DW_OP_plus";
4333 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4334 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4340 return "DW_OP_shra";
4358 return "DW_OP_skip";
4360 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4416 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4418 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4420 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4422 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4424 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4480 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4482 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4484 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4486 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4488 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4544 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4546 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4548 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4550 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4552 return "DW_OP_regx";
4554 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4556 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4558 return "DW_OP_piece";
4559 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4560 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4561 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4562 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4566 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4567 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4569 return "DW_OP_call2";
4571 return "DW_OP_call4";
4572 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4573 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4574 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4575 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4576 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4577 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4578 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4579 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4580 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4581 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4582 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4583 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4585 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4586 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4587 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4588 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4589 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4590 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4593 return "OP_<unknown>";
4597 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4598 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4599 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4601 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4602 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4605 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4607 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4608 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4609 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4610 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4616 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4619 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4620 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4623 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4626 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4629 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4632 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4634 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4636 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4637 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4643 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4646 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4651 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4656 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4657 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4661 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4662 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4663 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4664 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4665 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4667 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4668 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4670 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4671 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4674 else if (offset > 0)
4675 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4679 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4680 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4684 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4685 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4688 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4691 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4692 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4696 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4698 static unsigned long
4699 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4701 unsigned long size = 1;
4703 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4706 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4725 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4728 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4733 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4734 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4772 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4775 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4778 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4781 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4785 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4787 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4788 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4789 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
4791 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4792 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4801 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4802 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4804 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4805 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4806 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4815 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4817 static unsigned long
4818 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4823 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4824 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4825 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4829 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4834 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4836 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4837 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4843 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4844 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4847 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4850 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4852 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4853 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4855 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4857 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4864 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4868 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4869 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4876 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4877 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4879 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4882 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4884 switch (val2->val_class)
4886 case dw_val_class_const:
4887 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4889 case dw_val_class_vec:
4891 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4892 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4896 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4901 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4904 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4905 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4908 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4910 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4912 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4914 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4915 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4919 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4920 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4922 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4924 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4928 case dw_val_class_addr:
4929 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4945 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4946 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4947 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4948 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4949 only doing unwinding. */
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4960 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4965 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4966 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5010 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5013 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5015 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5019 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5020 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5027 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5029 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5039 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5040 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5048 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5053 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5056 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5058 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5060 /* Output the opcode. */
5061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5062 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5064 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5065 output_loc_operands (loc);
5069 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5070 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5073 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5075 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5076 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5078 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5081 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5082 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5088 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5089 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5090 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5091 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5102 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5103 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5108 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5109 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5110 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5118 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5119 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5121 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5122 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5127 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5130 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5134 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5135 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5136 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5174 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5175 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5179 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5181 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5182 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5186 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5192 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5196 /* Output the opcode. */
5197 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5198 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5200 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5202 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5204 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5208 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5209 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5212 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5214 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5217 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5220 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5223 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5225 /* Output the size of the block. */
5226 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5227 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5229 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5230 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5233 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5236 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5241 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5244 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5247 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5249 /* Output the size of the block. */
5250 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5252 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5254 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5255 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5258 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5259 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5262 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5263 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5265 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5267 offset += cfa->offset;
5271 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5272 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5273 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5274 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5277 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5278 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5287 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5288 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5291 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5292 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5294 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5295 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5296 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5298 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5299 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5301 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5302 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5303 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5304 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5307 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5311 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5312 descriptor sequence. */
5315 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5317 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5319 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5323 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5325 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5361 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5364 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5398 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5399 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5402 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5403 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5408 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5409 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5412 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5413 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5417 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5419 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5420 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5422 /* .debug_str support. */
5423 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5425 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5426 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5427 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5428 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5429 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5430 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5431 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5432 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5433 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5434 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5435 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5436 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5437 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5438 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5439 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5441 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5442 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5443 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5444 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5445 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5446 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5447 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5448 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5450 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5452 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5456 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5459 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5460 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5461 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5462 dwarf2out_end_block,
5463 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5464 dwarf2out_source_line,
5465 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5466 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5467 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5468 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5469 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5470 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5471 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5472 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5473 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5474 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5475 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5476 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5477 something tries to reference them. */
5478 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5479 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5480 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5481 dwarf2out_var_location,
5482 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5483 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5484 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5485 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5486 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5488 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5492 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5493 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5494 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5496 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5497 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5498 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5499 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5501 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5502 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5504 typedef long int dw_offset;
5506 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5508 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5509 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5510 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5511 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5512 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5513 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5514 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5516 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5517 line number associated with the label generated for that
5518 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5519 the line number entry. */
5521 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5522 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5523 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5527 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5529 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5530 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5531 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5532 unsigned long function;
5534 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5536 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5537 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5538 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5540 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5541 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5542 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5546 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5547 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5549 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5550 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5551 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5553 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5554 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5555 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5557 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5558 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5560 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5561 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5562 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5563 dw_die_ref die_child;
5565 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5566 dw_offset die_offset;
5567 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5569 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5570 int die_perennial_p;
5571 unsigned int decl_id;
5575 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5576 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5577 c = die->die_child; \
5581 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5584 /* The pubname structure */
5586 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5592 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5593 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5595 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5596 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5597 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5601 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5606 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5607 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5609 dw_die_ref root_die;
5610 dw_die_ref type_die;
5611 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5612 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5616 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5617 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5620 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5624 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5628 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5630 skeleton_chain_node;
5632 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5633 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5634 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5637 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5638 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5640 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5641 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5642 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5643 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5644 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5645 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5647 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5648 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5649 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5650 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5651 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5652 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5653 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5654 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5655 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5656 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5658 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5659 language, and compiler version. */
5661 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5662 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5663 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5665 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5666 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5667 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5668 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5670 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5671 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5673 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5674 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5675 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5676 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5677 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5679 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5680 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5681 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5682 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5683 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5684 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5686 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5687 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5688 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5689 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5691 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5695 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5696 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5697 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5699 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5700 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5702 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5703 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5705 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5706 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5707 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5708 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5709 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5711 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5712 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5713 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5716 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5717 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5718 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5719 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5722 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5723 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5725 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5726 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5728 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5729 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5731 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5732 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5733 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5735 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5736 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5738 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5739 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5740 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5742 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5743 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5744 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5746 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5751 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5752 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5754 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5755 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5756 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5757 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5758 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5759 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5760 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5761 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5762 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5763 NULL as second operand. */
5765 const char * GTY (()) label;
5766 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5769 /* Variable location list. */
5770 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5771 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5773 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5774 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5775 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5776 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5777 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5778 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5779 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5781 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5782 unsigned int decl_id;
5784 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5787 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5788 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5790 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5791 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5792 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5793 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5794 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5796 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5797 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5799 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5800 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5802 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5803 abbrev_die_table. */
5804 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5806 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5807 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5808 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5809 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5811 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5814 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5815 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5817 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5818 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5820 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5822 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5823 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5825 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5828 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5830 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5832 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5833 accessible names. */
5834 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5836 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5837 accessible types. */
5838 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5840 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5841 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5843 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5844 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5846 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5847 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5849 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5851 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5853 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5854 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5856 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5857 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5859 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5860 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5862 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5863 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5864 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5866 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5867 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5869 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5870 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5872 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5874 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5876 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5877 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5879 /* Unique label counter. */
5880 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5882 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5883 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5885 /* The direct call table structure. */
5887 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5888 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5890 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5894 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5895 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5897 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5899 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5900 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5901 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5905 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5906 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5908 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5909 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5910 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5912 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5914 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5916 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5919 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5921 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5922 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5923 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5925 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5926 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5929 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5930 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5932 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5933 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5935 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5936 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5938 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5940 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5942 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5943 within the current function. */
5944 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5946 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5948 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5949 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5950 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5951 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5952 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5953 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5954 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5955 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5956 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5957 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5958 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5959 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5960 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5961 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5962 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5963 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5964 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5965 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5966 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5967 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5968 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5969 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5970 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5971 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5972 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5973 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5974 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5975 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5976 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5977 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5978 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5979 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5980 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5981 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5982 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5984 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5985 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5986 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5987 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5988 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5989 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5990 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5991 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5992 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5994 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5995 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5996 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5997 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5998 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5999 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6000 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6001 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6002 static bool is_cxx (void);
6003 static bool is_fortran (void);
6004 static bool is_ada (void);
6005 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6006 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6007 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6008 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6009 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6010 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6011 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6012 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6013 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6014 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6015 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6016 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6017 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6018 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6019 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6020 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6021 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6022 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6023 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6024 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6025 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6026 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6027 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6028 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6029 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6030 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6031 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6032 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6033 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6034 struct checksum_attributes;
6035 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6036 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6037 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6038 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6039 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6040 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6041 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6042 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6043 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6044 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6045 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6046 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6047 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6048 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6049 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6050 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6051 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6052 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6053 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6055 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6056 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6057 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6058 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6059 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6061 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6062 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6063 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6064 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6066 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6067 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6068 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6069 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6070 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6071 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6072 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6073 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6074 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6075 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6076 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6077 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6078 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6079 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6080 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6081 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6082 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6083 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6084 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6085 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6086 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6087 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6088 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6089 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6090 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6091 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6092 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6093 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6094 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6095 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6096 static void output_aranges (void);
6097 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6098 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6099 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6101 static void output_ranges (void);
6102 static void output_line_info (void);
6103 static void output_file_names (void);
6104 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6105 static int is_base_type (tree);
6106 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6107 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6108 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6109 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6110 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6111 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6112 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6113 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6114 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6115 enum var_init_status);
6116 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6117 enum var_init_status);
6118 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6119 enum var_init_status);
6120 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6121 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6122 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6123 enum var_init_status);
6124 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6125 enum var_init_status);
6126 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6127 enum var_init_status);
6128 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6129 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6130 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6131 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6132 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6133 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6134 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6135 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6136 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6138 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6139 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6140 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6141 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6142 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6143 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6144 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6145 enum dwarf_attribute);
6146 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6147 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6148 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6149 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6150 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6151 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6152 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6153 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6154 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6155 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6156 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6157 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6158 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6159 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6160 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6161 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6162 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6164 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6165 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6166 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6167 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6168 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6169 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6171 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6173 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6176 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6179 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6180 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6181 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6182 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6183 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6184 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6185 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6186 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6187 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6188 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6189 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6190 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6191 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6192 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6193 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6194 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6195 enum debug_info_usage);
6196 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6197 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6198 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6199 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6200 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6201 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6202 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6203 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6204 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6205 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6206 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6207 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6208 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6209 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6210 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6211 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6212 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6213 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6214 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6215 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6216 const char *, const char *);
6217 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6218 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6220 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6221 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6222 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6223 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6224 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6225 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6226 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6227 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6228 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6230 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6231 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6232 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6234 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6235 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6237 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6238 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6240 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6241 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6243 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6244 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6246 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6247 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6249 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6250 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6252 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6253 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6255 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6256 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6258 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6259 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6261 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6262 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6264 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6265 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6268 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6269 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6270 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6273 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6274 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6275 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6276 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6279 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6280 the section names themselves. */
6282 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6283 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6285 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6286 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6288 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6289 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6291 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6292 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6294 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6295 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6297 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6298 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6300 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6301 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6303 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6304 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6307 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6308 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6309 #define AT_linkage_name \
6310 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6313 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6314 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6315 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6316 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6317 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6319 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6320 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6321 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6322 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6323 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6324 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6325 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6326 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6327 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6328 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6330 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6331 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6333 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6334 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6336 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6337 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6339 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6340 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6342 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6343 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6345 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6346 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6350 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6351 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6353 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6356 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6358 demangle_name_func = func;
6361 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6364 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6366 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6367 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6368 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6371 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6375 type_main_variant (tree type)
6377 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6379 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6380 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6381 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6382 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6384 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6385 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6386 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6391 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6394 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6396 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6398 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6399 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6402 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6405 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6409 case DW_TAG_padding:
6410 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6411 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6412 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6413 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6414 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6415 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6416 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6417 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6418 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6420 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6421 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6422 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6424 return "DW_TAG_label";
6425 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6426 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6428 return "DW_TAG_member";
6429 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6432 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6433 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6434 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6435 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6436 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6437 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6438 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6439 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6441 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6442 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6443 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6444 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6445 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6446 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6447 case DW_TAG_variant:
6448 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6449 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6450 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6451 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6452 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6453 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6454 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6455 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6456 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6458 return "DW_TAG_module";
6459 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6460 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6461 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6462 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6463 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6466 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6467 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6468 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6469 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6472 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6473 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6474 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6475 case DW_TAG_constant:
6476 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6477 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6478 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6479 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6480 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6482 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6483 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6484 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6485 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6486 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6487 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6490 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6491 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6492 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6493 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6494 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6495 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6496 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6497 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6498 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6499 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6500 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6501 case DW_TAG_variable:
6502 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6503 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6504 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6505 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6506 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6507 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6508 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6509 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6510 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6511 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6512 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6513 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6514 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6515 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6516 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6517 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6518 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6519 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6520 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6521 case DW_TAG_condition:
6522 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6523 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6524 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6525 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6526 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6527 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6528 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6529 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6530 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6531 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6532 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6533 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6534 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6535 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6536 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6537 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6538 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6539 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6540 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6541 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6542 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6543 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6544 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6545 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6546 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6547 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6548 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6550 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6554 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6557 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6562 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6563 case DW_AT_location:
6564 return "DW_AT_location";
6566 return "DW_AT_name";
6567 case DW_AT_ordering:
6568 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6569 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6570 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6571 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6572 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6573 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6574 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6575 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6576 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6577 case DW_AT_element_list:
6578 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6579 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6580 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6582 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6584 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6585 case DW_AT_language:
6586 return "DW_AT_language";
6588 return "DW_AT_member";
6590 return "DW_AT_discr";
6591 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6592 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6593 case DW_AT_visibility:
6594 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6596 return "DW_AT_import";
6597 case DW_AT_string_length:
6598 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6599 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6600 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6601 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6602 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6603 case DW_AT_const_value:
6604 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6605 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6606 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6607 case DW_AT_default_value:
6608 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6610 return "DW_AT_inline";
6611 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6612 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6613 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6614 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6615 case DW_AT_producer:
6616 return "DW_AT_producer";
6617 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6618 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6619 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6620 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6621 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6622 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6623 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6624 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6625 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6626 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6627 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6628 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6629 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6630 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6631 case DW_AT_address_class:
6632 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6633 case DW_AT_artificial:
6634 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6635 case DW_AT_base_types:
6636 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6637 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6638 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6640 return "DW_AT_count";
6641 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6642 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6643 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6644 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6645 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6646 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6647 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6648 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6649 case DW_AT_declaration:
6650 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6651 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6652 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6653 case DW_AT_encoding:
6654 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6655 case DW_AT_external:
6656 return "DW_AT_external";
6657 case DW_AT_explicit:
6658 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6659 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6660 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6662 return "DW_AT_friend";
6663 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6664 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6665 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6666 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6667 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6668 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6669 case DW_AT_priority:
6670 return "DW_AT_priority";
6672 return "DW_AT_segment";
6673 case DW_AT_specification:
6674 return "DW_AT_specification";
6675 case DW_AT_static_link:
6676 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6678 return "DW_AT_type";
6679 case DW_AT_use_location:
6680 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6681 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6682 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6683 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6684 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6685 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6686 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6688 case DW_AT_allocated:
6689 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6690 case DW_AT_associated:
6691 return "DW_AT_associated";
6692 case DW_AT_data_location:
6693 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6694 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6695 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6696 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6697 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6698 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6699 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6700 case DW_AT_extension:
6701 return "DW_AT_extension";
6703 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6704 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6705 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6706 case DW_AT_call_column:
6707 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6708 case DW_AT_call_file:
6709 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6710 case DW_AT_call_line:
6711 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6713 case DW_AT_signature:
6714 return "DW_AT_signature";
6715 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6716 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6717 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6718 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6719 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6720 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6721 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6722 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6723 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6724 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6726 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6727 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6728 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6729 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6730 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6731 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6732 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6733 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6734 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6735 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6736 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6737 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6738 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6739 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6740 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6741 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6742 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6743 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6744 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6745 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6746 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6747 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6749 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6750 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6751 case DW_AT_src_info:
6752 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6753 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6754 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6755 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6756 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6757 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6758 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6759 case DW_AT_body_end:
6760 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6761 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6762 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6763 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6764 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6765 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6766 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6767 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6768 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6769 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6770 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6771 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6772 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6773 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6774 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6775 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6776 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6777 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6778 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6779 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6780 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6782 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6783 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6786 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6790 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6793 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6798 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6799 case DW_FORM_block2:
6800 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6801 case DW_FORM_block4:
6802 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6804 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6806 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6808 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6809 case DW_FORM_string:
6810 return "DW_FORM_string";
6812 return "DW_FORM_block";
6813 case DW_FORM_block1:
6814 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6816 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6818 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6820 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6822 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6824 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6825 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6826 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6828 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6830 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6832 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6834 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6835 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6836 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6837 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6838 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6839 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6840 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6841 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6842 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6843 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6844 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6845 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6846 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6848 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6852 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6853 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6854 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6855 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6859 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6861 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6864 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6865 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6866 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6867 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6870 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6871 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6872 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6874 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6877 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6878 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6882 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6884 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6886 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6887 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6889 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6890 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6892 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6893 context = NULL_TREE;
6898 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6901 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6903 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6907 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6908 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6909 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6912 static inline enum dw_val_class
6913 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6915 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6918 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6921 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6925 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6926 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6928 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6931 static inline unsigned
6932 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6934 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6935 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6938 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6941 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6945 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6946 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6947 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6948 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6951 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6952 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6954 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6955 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6958 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6961 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6962 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6966 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6967 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6968 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6969 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6972 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6973 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6975 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6976 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6979 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6982 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6983 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6987 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6988 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6989 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6990 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6991 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6994 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6997 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6998 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7002 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7003 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7004 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7005 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7006 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7007 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7010 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7013 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7014 unsigned char data8[8])
7018 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7019 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7020 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7021 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7024 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7027 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7029 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7033 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7035 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7036 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7039 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7041 static struct indirect_string_node *
7042 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7044 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7047 if (! debug_str_hash)
7048 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7049 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7051 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7052 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7055 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7056 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7057 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7061 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7067 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7070 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7073 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7075 node = find_AT_string (str);
7077 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7078 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7079 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7080 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7083 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7084 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7087 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7095 ++dw2_string_counter;
7096 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7099 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7100 debug string STR. */
7103 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7105 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7107 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7109 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7111 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7114 static inline const char *
7115 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7117 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7118 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7121 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7122 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7124 static enum dwarf_form
7125 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7127 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7130 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7132 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7136 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7138 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7139 always better to put it inline. */
7140 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7141 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7143 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7144 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7146 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7147 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7148 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7149 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7151 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7153 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7156 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7159 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7163 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7164 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7165 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7166 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7167 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7170 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7171 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7174 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7176 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7177 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7178 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7181 static inline dw_die_ref
7182 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7184 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7185 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7189 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7191 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7192 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7198 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7200 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7201 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7204 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7207 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7211 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7212 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7213 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7214 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7217 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7220 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7224 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7225 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7226 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7227 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7230 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7231 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7233 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7234 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7238 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7242 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7243 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7244 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7245 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7246 have_location_lists = true;
7249 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7250 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7252 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7253 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7256 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7257 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7259 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7260 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7263 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7266 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7270 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7271 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7272 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7273 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7276 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7279 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7281 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7282 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7285 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7288 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7289 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7293 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7294 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7299 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7301 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7302 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7304 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7305 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7308 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7311 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7315 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7316 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7317 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7318 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7321 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7322 debug_line section. */
7325 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7330 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7331 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7332 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7333 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7336 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7337 debug_macinfo section. */
7340 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7345 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7346 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7347 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7348 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7351 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7354 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7355 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7359 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7360 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7361 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7362 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7365 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7368 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7369 long unsigned int offset)
7373 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7374 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7375 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7376 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7379 static inline const char *
7380 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7382 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7383 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7384 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7385 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7388 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7391 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7395 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7400 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7401 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7403 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7404 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7408 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7413 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7414 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7415 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7417 static inline const char *
7418 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7420 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7422 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7425 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7426 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7427 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7429 static inline const char *
7430 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7432 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7434 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7437 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7438 NULL if it is not present. */
7440 static inline const char *
7441 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7443 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7445 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7448 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7449 if it is not present. */
7452 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7454 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7456 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7459 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7460 if it is not present. */
7462 static inline unsigned
7463 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7465 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7467 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7470 static inline dw_die_ref
7471 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7473 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7475 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7478 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7479 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7481 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7483 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7486 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7491 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7493 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7496 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7501 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7503 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7504 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7505 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7508 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7513 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7515 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7518 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7521 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7529 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7530 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7532 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7533 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7534 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7536 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7538 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7543 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7544 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7547 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7549 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7550 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7553 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7557 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7558 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7559 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7562 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7563 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7566 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7568 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7570 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7571 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7573 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7574 if (prev == old_child)
7576 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7577 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7581 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7582 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7584 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7585 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7588 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7591 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7594 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7595 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7596 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7599 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7603 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7609 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7611 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7613 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7614 /* Might have removed every child. */
7615 if (c == c->die_sib)
7619 } while (c != die->die_child);
7622 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7625 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7627 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7628 if (! die || ! child_die)
7630 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7632 child_die->die_parent = die;
7635 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7636 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7639 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7640 die->die_child = child_die;
7643 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7644 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7645 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7648 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7652 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7653 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7654 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7656 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7662 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7663 || (child->die_parent
7664 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7666 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7667 if (p->die_sib == child)
7669 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7673 add_child_die (parent, child);
7676 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7678 static inline dw_die_ref
7679 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7681 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7683 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7685 if (parent_die != NULL)
7686 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7689 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7691 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7692 limbo_node->die = die;
7693 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7694 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7695 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7701 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7703 static inline dw_die_ref
7704 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7706 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7709 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7712 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7714 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7717 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7720 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7722 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7725 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7728 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7730 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7733 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7735 static inline dw_die_ref
7736 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7738 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7741 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7744 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7746 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7749 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7753 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7755 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7758 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7760 static inline var_loc_list *
7761 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7763 if (!decl_loc_table)
7765 return (var_loc_list *)
7766 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7769 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7772 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7774 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7777 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7779 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7782 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7785 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
7787 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
7790 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
7791 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
7792 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
7795 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7798 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
7800 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
7801 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
7803 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
7806 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
7807 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
7810 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
7812 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
7813 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
7815 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
7820 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
7821 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
7824 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
7825 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
7829 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
7831 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
7836 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
7837 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
7838 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
7839 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
7840 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
7841 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
7842 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
7843 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
7844 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
7847 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
7848 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
7849 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
7852 bool copy = inner != NULL;
7856 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
7857 while (src != inner)
7859 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7860 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7861 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7862 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7865 /* Add padding if needed. */
7866 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
7868 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
7869 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7870 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7872 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
7875 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
7876 just update the location for it and return. */
7877 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
7880 /* Add the piece that changed. */
7881 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7882 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7883 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
7884 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
7887 while (diff > 0 && *src)
7890 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
7892 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
7895 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
7896 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
7899 /* Add padding if needed. */
7900 if (diff < 0 && *src)
7904 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7905 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7909 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
7912 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7913 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7914 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7915 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7919 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7921 static struct var_loc_node *
7922 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
7924 unsigned int decl_id;
7927 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7928 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
7930 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
7932 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
7933 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
7935 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
7938 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
7939 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
7940 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
7941 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
7943 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
7944 || bitsize != maxsize)
7950 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7951 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7954 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7955 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7959 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7963 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
7964 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
7965 int piece_bitpos = 0;
7969 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
7971 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
7973 piece_loc = &last->loc;
7976 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
7977 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
7979 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
7980 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
7984 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7985 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7987 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
7989 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
7990 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
7991 if (piece_loc != NULL)
7993 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
7994 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
7997 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
7998 if (temp->last != last)
8000 temp->last->next = NULL;
8003 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8007 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8008 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8009 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8013 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8014 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8015 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8016 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8017 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8018 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8019 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8021 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8022 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8023 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8024 we have nothing to do. */
8025 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8026 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8027 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8028 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8029 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8030 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8031 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8032 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8033 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8035 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8036 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8037 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8041 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8044 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8045 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8046 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8048 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8049 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8051 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8052 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8053 if (last != temp->last)
8061 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8064 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8069 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8070 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8071 the DIE internal representation. */
8072 static int print_indent;
8074 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8077 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8079 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8082 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8085 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8089 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8090 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8093 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8094 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8097 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8103 print_spaces (outfile);
8104 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8105 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8106 print_spaces (outfile);
8107 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8108 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
8109 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8111 print_spaces (outfile);
8112 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8113 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8114 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8119 print_spaces (outfile);
8120 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8122 switch (AT_class (a))
8124 case dw_val_class_addr:
8125 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8127 case dw_val_class_offset:
8128 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8130 case dw_val_class_loc:
8131 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8133 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8134 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8135 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8137 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8138 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8140 case dw_val_class_const:
8141 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8143 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8144 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8146 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8147 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8148 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8149 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8150 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8152 case dw_val_class_vec:
8153 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8155 case dw_val_class_flag:
8156 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8158 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8159 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8161 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8163 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8164 print_signature (outfile,
8165 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8167 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8168 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8169 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8171 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8174 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8176 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8177 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8178 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8179 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8181 case dw_val_class_str:
8182 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8183 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8185 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8187 case dw_val_class_file:
8188 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8189 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8191 case dw_val_class_data8:
8195 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8196 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8203 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8206 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8209 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8212 if (print_indent == 0)
8213 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8216 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8217 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8220 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8223 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8225 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8226 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8228 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8229 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8230 line_info->dw_file_num,
8231 line_info->dw_line_num);
8234 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8237 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8240 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8242 print_die (die, stderr);
8245 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8246 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8252 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
8253 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8254 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8257 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8258 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8259 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8262 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8264 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8265 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8267 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8271 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8274 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8276 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8278 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8282 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8283 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8285 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8288 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8292 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8294 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8295 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8298 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8301 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8303 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8306 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8308 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8309 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8310 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8313 switch (AT_class (at))
8315 case dw_val_class_const:
8316 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8318 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8319 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8321 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8322 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8324 case dw_val_class_vec:
8325 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8327 case dw_val_class_flag:
8328 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8330 case dw_val_class_str:
8331 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8334 case dw_val_class_addr:
8336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8337 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8340 case dw_val_class_offset:
8341 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8344 case dw_val_class_loc:
8345 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8346 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8349 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8350 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8353 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8354 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8355 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8356 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8359 case dw_val_class_file:
8360 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8363 case dw_val_class_data8:
8364 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8372 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8375 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8381 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8384 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8387 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8389 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8391 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8392 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8394 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8398 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8400 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8401 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8402 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8403 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8404 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8405 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8406 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8408 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8411 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8418 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8420 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8421 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8430 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8433 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8437 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8440 /* More bytes to follow. */
8448 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8449 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8452 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8456 int tag = die->die_tag;
8458 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8459 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8460 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8463 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8465 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8469 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8470 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8472 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8473 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8475 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8478 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8481 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8483 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8484 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8485 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8487 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8488 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8492 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8495 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8496 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8497 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8498 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8502 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8505 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8506 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8508 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8511 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8513 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8515 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8516 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8517 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8518 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8519 is complete or not. */
8520 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8521 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8522 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8523 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8524 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8525 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8526 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8528 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8530 if (name_attr != NULL)
8532 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8536 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8537 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8538 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8539 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8540 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8541 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8546 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8547 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8548 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8549 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8551 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8552 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8553 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8557 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8561 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8562 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8563 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8564 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8565 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8566 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8571 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8572 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8574 switch (AT_class (at))
8576 case dw_val_class_const:
8577 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8578 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8581 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8582 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8583 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8586 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8587 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8589 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8592 case dw_val_class_vec:
8593 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8595 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8598 case dw_val_class_flag:
8599 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8600 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8603 case dw_val_class_str:
8604 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8605 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8608 case dw_val_class_addr:
8610 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8611 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8612 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8615 case dw_val_class_offset:
8616 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8617 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8620 case dw_val_class_loc:
8621 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8622 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8625 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8626 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8627 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8628 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8631 case dw_val_class_file:
8632 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8633 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8636 case dw_val_class_data8:
8637 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8645 struct checksum_attributes
8647 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8648 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8649 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8650 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8651 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8652 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8653 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8654 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8655 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8656 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8657 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8658 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8659 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8660 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8661 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8662 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8663 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8664 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8665 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8666 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8667 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8668 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8669 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8670 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8671 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8672 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8673 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8674 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8675 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8676 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8677 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8678 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8679 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8680 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8681 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8682 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8683 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8684 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8685 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8686 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8687 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8688 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8689 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8690 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8691 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8692 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8693 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8696 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8699 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8704 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8715 attrs->at_friend = a;
8717 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8718 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8720 case DW_AT_address_class:
8721 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8723 case DW_AT_allocated:
8724 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8726 case DW_AT_artificial:
8727 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8729 case DW_AT_associated:
8730 attrs->at_associated = a;
8732 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8733 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8735 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8736 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8738 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8739 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8741 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8742 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8744 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8745 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8747 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8748 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8750 case DW_AT_const_value:
8751 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8753 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8754 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8757 attrs->at_count = a;
8759 case DW_AT_data_location:
8760 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8762 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8763 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8765 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8766 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8768 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8769 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8771 case DW_AT_default_value:
8772 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8774 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8775 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8778 attrs->at_discr = a;
8780 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8781 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8783 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8784 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8786 case DW_AT_encoding:
8787 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8789 case DW_AT_endianity:
8790 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8792 case DW_AT_explicit:
8793 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8795 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8796 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8798 case DW_AT_location:
8799 attrs->at_location = a;
8801 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8802 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8805 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8807 case DW_AT_ordering:
8808 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8810 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8811 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8813 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8814 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8817 attrs->at_small = a;
8820 attrs->at_segment = a;
8822 case DW_AT_string_length:
8823 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8825 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8826 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8828 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8829 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8831 case DW_AT_use_location:
8832 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8834 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8835 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8837 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8838 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8840 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8841 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8843 case DW_AT_visibility:
8844 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8846 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8847 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8855 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8858 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8862 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8864 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8865 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8867 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8869 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8871 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8872 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8874 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8875 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8876 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8877 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8878 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8879 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8880 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8881 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8882 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8883 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8884 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8885 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8886 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8887 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8888 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8889 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8890 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8891 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8892 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8893 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8894 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8895 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8896 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8897 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8898 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8899 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8900 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8901 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8902 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8903 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8904 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8905 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8906 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8907 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8908 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8909 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8910 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8911 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8912 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8913 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8914 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8915 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8916 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8917 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8918 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8919 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8920 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8922 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8925 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8928 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8929 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8930 && name_attr != NULL)
8932 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8933 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8934 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8938 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8939 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8941 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8943 } while (c != die->die_child);
8945 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8949 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8950 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8951 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8952 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8954 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8955 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8956 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8957 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8958 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8959 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8960 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8963 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8967 unsigned char checksum[16];
8971 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8972 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8974 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8975 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8976 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8978 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8980 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8982 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8983 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8984 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8986 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8987 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8988 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8990 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8993 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8995 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8997 die->die_mark = mark;
8999 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9000 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9001 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9003 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9004 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9005 unmark_all_dies (die);
9006 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9008 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9009 type node together. */
9010 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9011 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9012 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9013 type_node->type_die = die;
9015 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9018 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9021 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9023 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9025 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9026 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9027 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9030 /* Do the values look the same? */
9032 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9034 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9037 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9040 switch (v1->val_class)
9042 case dw_val_class_const:
9043 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9044 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9045 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9046 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9047 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9048 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9049 case dw_val_class_vec:
9050 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9051 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9053 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9054 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9057 case dw_val_class_flag:
9058 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9059 case dw_val_class_str:
9060 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9062 case dw_val_class_addr:
9063 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9064 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9065 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9067 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9069 case dw_val_class_offset:
9070 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9072 case dw_val_class_loc:
9073 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9075 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9076 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9078 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9080 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9081 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9083 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9084 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9085 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9086 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9089 case dw_val_class_file:
9090 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9092 case dw_val_class_data8:
9093 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9100 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9103 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9105 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9108 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9109 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9110 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9113 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9116 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9119 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9125 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9127 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9128 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9130 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9133 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9134 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9137 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
9138 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9141 c1 = die1->die_child;
9142 c2 = die2->die_child;
9151 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9155 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9157 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9167 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9170 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9173 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9175 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9176 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9181 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9183 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9185 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9186 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9188 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9189 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9192 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9194 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9195 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9196 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9199 unsigned char checksum[16];
9202 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9203 the name filename of the unit. */
9205 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9207 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9208 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9209 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9211 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9212 clean_symbol_name (name);
9214 p = name + strlen (name);
9215 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9217 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9221 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9222 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9225 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9228 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9230 switch (die->die_tag)
9232 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9233 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9234 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9235 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9236 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9237 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9238 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9239 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9240 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9241 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9242 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9243 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9244 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9245 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9246 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9247 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9248 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9258 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9259 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9260 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9261 compilations (functions). */
9264 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9266 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9267 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9268 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9269 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9271 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9274 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9275 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9276 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9277 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9278 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9280 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9282 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9285 return is_type_die (c);
9288 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9289 compilation unit. */
9292 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9294 return (is_type_die (c)
9295 || is_declaration_die (c)
9296 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9297 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9301 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9305 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9306 return xstrdup (buf);
9309 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9312 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9316 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9318 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9320 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9322 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9323 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9324 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9327 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9330 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9333 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9336 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9337 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9340 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9342 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9344 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9345 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9347 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9351 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9353 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9354 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9355 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9357 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9361 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9363 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9364 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9374 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9377 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9379 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9380 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9382 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9384 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9385 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9389 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9391 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9397 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9401 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9403 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9404 entry->next = *slot;
9410 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9412 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9414 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9416 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9417 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9421 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9424 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9425 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9426 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9429 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9432 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9433 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9434 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9438 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9440 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9441 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9443 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9445 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9446 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9448 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9449 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9450 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9451 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9453 add_child_die (unit, c);
9455 if (c == die->die_child)
9458 } while (c != die->die_child);
9461 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9462 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9466 assign_symbol_names (die);
9467 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9468 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9474 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9475 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9476 &comdat_symbol_number);
9477 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9479 *pnode = node->next;
9482 pnode = &node->next;
9483 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9484 comdat_symbol_number);
9487 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9490 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9493 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9498 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9499 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9505 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9506 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9509 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9511 switch (die->die_tag)
9513 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9514 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9515 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9516 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9517 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9518 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9521 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9522 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9523 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9524 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9525 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9526 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9527 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9528 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9529 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9530 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9531 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9532 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9533 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9534 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9535 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9536 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9542 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9545 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9551 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9552 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9554 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9555 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9560 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9563 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9566 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9568 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9573 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9576 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9583 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9584 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9585 return clone_die (die);
9587 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9588 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9590 return clone_die (decl);
9592 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9593 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9595 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9597 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9598 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9599 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9603 case DW_AT_artificial:
9604 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9605 case DW_AT_external:
9608 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9609 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9610 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9611 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9613 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9619 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9620 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9622 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9626 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9627 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9628 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9629 attached to the specification. */
9632 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9635 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9637 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9646 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9647 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9648 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9650 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9652 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9654 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9655 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9656 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9657 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9660 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9663 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9664 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9665 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9667 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9668 if (new_decl != NULL)
9670 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9671 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9676 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9677 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9680 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9682 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9685 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9687 if (node->parent != NULL)
9689 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9690 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9694 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9695 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9696 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9699 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9701 skeleton_chain_node node;
9704 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9705 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9707 node.parent = parent;
9709 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9713 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9716 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9718 node.new_die = NULL;
9719 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9721 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9722 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9723 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9724 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9725 move_all_children (c, clone);
9727 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9728 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9729 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9733 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9734 } while (next != NULL);
9737 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9740 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9742 skeleton_chain_node node;
9745 node.new_die = NULL;
9748 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9749 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9750 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9751 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9753 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9754 return node.new_die;
9757 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9758 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9759 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9760 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9761 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9762 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9765 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9767 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9769 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9770 if (skeleton == NULL)
9771 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9774 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9775 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9781 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9782 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9785 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9789 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9790 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9791 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9793 first = c = die->die_child;
9797 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9800 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9801 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9803 dw_die_ref replacement;
9804 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9806 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9807 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9808 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9809 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9810 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9811 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9812 type_node->root_die = unit;
9813 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9814 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9816 /* Generate the type signature. */
9817 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9819 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9820 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9821 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9823 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9824 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9826 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9827 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9829 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9830 add_child_die (unit, c);
9832 if (replacement != NULL)
9835 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9836 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9837 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9838 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9840 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9841 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9843 } while (next != NULL);
9846 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9848 struct decl_table_entry
9854 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9857 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9859 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9860 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9862 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9866 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9868 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9869 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9870 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9872 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9876 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9878 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9883 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9884 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9885 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9886 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9889 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9891 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9892 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9895 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9899 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9900 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9901 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9902 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9904 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9908 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9909 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9917 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9920 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9921 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9922 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9925 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9926 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9928 if (decl_table != NULL)
9930 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9932 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9939 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9940 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9944 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9950 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9952 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9954 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9955 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9957 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9959 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9962 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9963 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9965 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9967 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9968 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9969 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9970 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9974 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9975 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9977 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9981 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9982 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9983 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9984 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9985 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9990 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9991 into the new type unit. */
9992 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9993 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9994 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9995 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9998 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9999 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10001 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10002 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10003 get visited otherwise. */
10004 if (parent != unit)
10005 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10010 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10013 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10014 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10015 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10016 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10017 don't have an external reference. */
10020 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10025 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10026 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10027 htab_delete (decl_table);
10028 unmark_dies (unit);
10031 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10032 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10033 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10036 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10040 if (! die->die_child)
10043 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10044 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10046 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10049 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10052 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10059 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10060 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10062 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10065 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10066 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10067 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10068 die are visited recursively. */
10071 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10073 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10074 unsigned int n_alloc;
10079 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10080 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10081 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10082 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10083 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10085 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10086 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10089 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10091 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10092 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10096 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10098 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10101 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10102 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10105 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
10107 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10108 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10109 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10119 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10121 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10123 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10124 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10127 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10128 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10129 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10132 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10133 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10136 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10137 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10140 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10143 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10150 log = floor_log2 (value);
10153 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10158 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10159 .debug_info section. */
10161 static unsigned long
10162 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10164 unsigned long size = 0;
10168 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10169 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10171 switch (AT_class (a))
10173 case dw_val_class_addr:
10174 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10176 case dw_val_class_offset:
10177 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10179 case dw_val_class_loc:
10181 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10183 /* Block length. */
10184 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10185 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10187 size += constant_size (lsize);
10191 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10192 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10194 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10195 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10197 case dw_val_class_const:
10198 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10200 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10201 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10203 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10204 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10205 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10206 size++; /* block */
10208 case dw_val_class_vec:
10209 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10210 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10211 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10212 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10214 case dw_val_class_flag:
10215 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10216 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10217 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10218 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10219 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10220 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10221 the same abbrev entry. */
10222 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10226 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10227 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10229 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10230 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10231 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10232 it's always sized as an offset. */
10233 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10234 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10235 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10236 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10238 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10241 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10243 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10244 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10246 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10247 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10249 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10250 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10251 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10253 case dw_val_class_str:
10254 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10255 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10257 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10259 case dw_val_class_file:
10260 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10262 case dw_val_class_data8:
10266 gcc_unreachable ();
10273 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10274 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10275 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10276 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10279 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10283 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10284 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10286 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10288 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10289 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10290 next_die_offset += 1;
10293 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10294 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10295 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10296 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10299 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10303 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10306 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10309 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10312 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10316 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10317 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10320 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10323 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10326 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10332 if (!die->die_mark)
10336 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10338 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10339 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10340 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10343 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10344 generated for the compilation unit. */
10346 static unsigned long
10347 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10349 unsigned long size;
10353 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10354 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10355 if (names != pubtype_table
10356 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10357 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10358 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10360 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10364 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10366 static unsigned long
10367 size_of_aranges (void)
10369 unsigned long size;
10371 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10373 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10374 if (text_section_used)
10375 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10376 if (cold_text_section_used)
10377 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10378 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10380 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10381 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10385 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10387 static enum dwarf_form
10388 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10390 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10392 case dw_val_class_addr:
10393 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10394 switch (a->dw_attr)
10397 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10398 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10399 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10400 return DW_FORM_addr;
10404 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10407 return DW_FORM_data1;
10409 return DW_FORM_data2;
10411 return DW_FORM_data4;
10413 return DW_FORM_data8;
10415 gcc_unreachable ();
10417 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10418 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10419 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10420 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10422 case dw_val_class_offset:
10423 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10426 return DW_FORM_data4;
10428 return DW_FORM_data8;
10430 gcc_unreachable ();
10432 case dw_val_class_loc:
10433 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10434 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10435 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10438 return DW_FORM_block1;
10440 return DW_FORM_block2;
10442 gcc_unreachable ();
10444 case dw_val_class_const:
10445 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10446 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10447 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10450 return DW_FORM_data1;
10452 return DW_FORM_data2;
10454 return DW_FORM_data4;
10456 return DW_FORM_data8;
10458 gcc_unreachable ();
10460 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10461 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10464 return DW_FORM_data2;
10466 return DW_FORM_data4;
10468 return DW_FORM_data8;
10471 return DW_FORM_block1;
10473 case dw_val_class_vec:
10474 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10475 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10478 return DW_FORM_block1;
10480 return DW_FORM_block2;
10482 return DW_FORM_block4;
10484 gcc_unreachable ();
10486 case dw_val_class_flag:
10487 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10489 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10490 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10491 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10492 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10493 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10494 the same abbrev entry. */
10495 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10496 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10498 return DW_FORM_flag;
10499 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10500 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10501 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10503 return DW_FORM_ref;
10504 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10505 return DW_FORM_data;
10506 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10507 return DW_FORM_addr;
10508 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10509 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10510 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10511 case dw_val_class_str:
10512 return AT_string_form (a);
10513 case dw_val_class_file:
10514 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10517 return DW_FORM_data1;
10519 return DW_FORM_data2;
10521 return DW_FORM_data4;
10523 gcc_unreachable ();
10526 case dw_val_class_data8:
10527 return DW_FORM_data8;
10530 gcc_unreachable ();
10534 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10537 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10539 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10541 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10544 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10548 output_abbrev_section (void)
10550 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10552 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10554 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10556 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10558 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10559 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10560 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10562 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10563 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10567 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10570 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10571 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10572 output_value_format (a_attr);
10575 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10579 /* Terminate the table. */
10580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10583 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10586 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10588 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10593 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10594 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10595 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10597 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10602 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10605 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10606 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10607 const char *section)
10609 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10611 retlist->begin = begin;
10612 retlist->end = end;
10613 retlist->expr = expr;
10614 retlist->section = section;
10619 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10620 hasn't got one yet. */
10623 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10625 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10626 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10629 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10632 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10634 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10636 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10638 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10639 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10641 unsigned long size;
10642 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10643 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10645 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10647 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10648 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10649 list_head->ll_symbol);
10650 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10651 "Location list end address (%s)",
10652 list_head->ll_symbol);
10656 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10657 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10658 list_head->ll_symbol);
10659 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10660 "Location list end address (%s)",
10661 list_head->ll_symbol);
10663 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10665 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10666 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10667 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10669 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10672 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10673 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10674 list_head->ll_symbol);
10675 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10676 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10677 list_head->ll_symbol);
10680 /* Output a type signature. */
10683 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10687 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10688 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10691 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10692 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10695 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10699 unsigned long size;
10702 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10703 them to point to. */
10704 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10705 output_die_symbol (die);
10707 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10708 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10709 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10711 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10713 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10715 switch (AT_class (a))
10717 case dw_val_class_addr:
10718 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10721 case dw_val_class_offset:
10722 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10726 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10728 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10730 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10731 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10732 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10733 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10738 case dw_val_class_loc:
10739 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10741 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10742 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10745 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10747 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10750 case dw_val_class_const:
10751 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10752 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10753 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10754 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10757 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10758 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10759 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10762 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10764 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10766 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10767 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10768 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10769 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10772 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10774 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10775 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10779 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10780 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10783 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10785 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10790 case dw_val_class_vec:
10792 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10793 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10797 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10798 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10799 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10804 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10806 i++, p += elt_size)
10807 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10808 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10812 case dw_val_class_flag:
10813 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10815 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10816 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10817 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10818 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10819 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10820 the same abbrev entry. */
10821 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10822 if (flag_debug_asm)
10823 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10824 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10830 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10832 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10835 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10840 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10841 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10843 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10845 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10846 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10848 gcc_assert (type_node);
10849 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10853 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10857 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10858 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10860 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10861 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10863 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10864 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10870 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10871 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10876 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10880 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10881 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10882 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10887 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10888 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10891 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10892 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10893 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10896 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10897 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10898 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10901 case dw_val_class_str:
10902 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10903 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10904 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10906 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10908 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10911 case dw_val_class_file:
10913 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10916 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10920 case dw_val_class_data8:
10924 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10926 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10931 gcc_unreachable ();
10935 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10937 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10938 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10940 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10943 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10944 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10947 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10949 int ver = dwarf_version;
10951 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10952 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10953 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10955 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10956 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10957 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10958 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10959 debug_abbrev_section,
10960 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10964 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10967 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10969 const char *secname;
10970 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10972 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10973 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10976 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10977 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10978 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10979 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10980 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10983 build_abbrev_table (die);
10985 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10986 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10987 calc_die_sizes (die);
10989 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10992 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10994 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10996 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10997 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11000 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11002 /* Output debugging information. */
11003 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11006 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11007 output_pubnames. */
11011 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11015 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11018 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11020 const char *secname;
11023 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11027 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11028 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11030 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11032 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11033 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11034 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11036 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11037 secname = ".debug_types";
11038 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11039 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11040 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11041 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11042 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11043 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11044 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11047 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11048 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11049 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11050 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11052 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11055 /* Output debugging information. */
11056 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11057 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11058 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11059 "Offset to Type DIE");
11060 output_die (node->root_die);
11062 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11065 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11067 static const char *
11068 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11070 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11073 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11076 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11081 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11082 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11086 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11088 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11090 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11092 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11096 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11099 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11104 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11105 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
11106 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11111 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11113 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11114 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11115 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11116 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11117 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11119 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11124 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11126 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11129 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11130 it to the table. */
11131 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11132 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11136 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11137 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11140 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11143 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11146 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11147 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11148 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11149 if (names == pubname_table)
11150 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11151 "Length of Public Names Info");
11153 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11154 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11155 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11156 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11157 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11158 debug_info_section,
11159 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11160 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11161 "Compilation Unit Length");
11163 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
11165 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11166 if (names == pubname_table)
11167 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11169 if (names != pubtype_table
11170 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11171 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11173 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11176 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11180 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11183 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11186 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11188 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
11191 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
11193 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11194 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
11195 arange_table_allocated);
11196 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
11197 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11200 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
11203 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11204 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11205 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11208 output_aranges (void)
11211 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
11213 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11214 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11215 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11216 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11217 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11218 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11219 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11220 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11221 debug_info_section,
11222 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11226 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11227 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11229 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11231 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11232 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11233 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11234 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11237 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11238 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11239 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11240 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11241 confused with the terminator. */
11242 if (text_section_used)
11244 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11245 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11246 text_section_label, "Length");
11248 if (cold_text_section_used)
11250 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11252 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11253 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11256 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11258 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11260 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11261 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11263 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11265 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11267 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11268 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11272 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11273 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11274 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11275 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11276 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11278 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11281 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11283 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11284 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11285 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11286 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11291 /* Output the terminator words. */
11292 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11293 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11296 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11299 static unsigned int
11300 add_ranges_num (int num)
11302 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11304 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11306 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11307 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11308 ranges_table_allocated);
11309 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11310 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11313 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11314 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11316 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11319 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11320 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11322 static unsigned int
11323 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11325 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11328 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11332 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11335 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11336 unsigned int offset;
11338 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11340 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11341 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11343 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11344 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11345 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11346 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11349 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11350 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11351 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11353 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11356 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11362 output_ranges (void)
11365 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11366 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11368 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11370 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11374 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11375 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11377 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11378 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11380 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11381 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11382 base of the text section. */
11383 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11385 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11386 text_section_label,
11387 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11388 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11389 text_section_label, NULL);
11392 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11393 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11394 about whether the target supports cross-section
11398 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11399 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11400 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11406 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11407 else if (block_num < 0)
11409 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11411 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11413 gcc_unreachable ();
11415 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11416 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11417 the #if 0 above. */
11418 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11419 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11420 text_section_label,
11421 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11422 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11423 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11424 text_section_label, NULL);
11429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11430 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11431 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11432 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11433 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11439 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11440 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11446 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11449 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11450 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11451 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11452 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11453 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11456 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11460 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11461 int length; /* Path length. */
11462 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11463 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11464 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11467 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11468 the directories in the path. */
11471 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11473 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11474 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11475 const unsigned char *cp1;
11476 const unsigned char *cp2;
11478 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11479 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11480 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11481 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11482 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11483 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11484 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11486 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11487 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11493 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11494 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11495 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11496 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11497 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11499 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11500 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11501 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11505 struct file_name_acquire_data
11507 struct file_info *files;
11512 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11515 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11517 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11518 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11519 struct file_info *fi;
11522 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11524 if (! d->emitted_number)
11527 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11529 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11531 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11533 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11536 /* Create a new array entry. */
11538 fi->length = strlen (f);
11541 /* Search for the file name part. */
11542 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11543 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11545 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11549 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11555 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11559 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11560 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11561 slowdowns with many input files. */
11564 output_file_names (void)
11566 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11568 struct file_info *files;
11569 struct dir_info *dirs;
11577 if (!last_emitted_file)
11579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11584 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11586 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11587 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11588 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11590 fnad.files = files;
11591 fnad.used_files = 0;
11592 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11593 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11594 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11596 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11598 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11599 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11600 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11601 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11603 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11604 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11607 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11608 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11609 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11610 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11612 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11613 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11614 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11620 /* This is a new directory. */
11621 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11622 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11623 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11624 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11625 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11627 /* Search for a prefix. */
11628 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11629 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11630 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11631 && dirs[j].length > 1
11632 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11633 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11634 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11635 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11640 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11641 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11642 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11643 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11644 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11645 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11646 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11647 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11649 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11650 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11655 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11656 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11657 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11658 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11660 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11663 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11665 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11669 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11670 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11671 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11675 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11676 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11678 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11679 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11684 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11686 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11688 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11689 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11690 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11692 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11693 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11695 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11696 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11701 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11702 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11703 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11704 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11706 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11707 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11711 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11712 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11713 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11714 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11715 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11716 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11718 /* Now write all the file names. */
11719 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11721 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11722 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11724 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11725 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11727 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11728 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11733 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11734 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11735 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11736 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11738 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11739 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11740 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11742 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11743 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11745 /* Include directory index. */
11746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11748 /* Modification time. */
11749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11750 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11754 /* File length in bytes. */
11755 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11756 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11760 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11761 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11763 /* Include directory index. */
11764 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11766 /* Modification time. */
11767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11769 /* File length in bytes. */
11770 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11778 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11779 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11782 output_line_info (void)
11784 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11785 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11786 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11788 unsigned n_op_args;
11789 unsigned long lt_index;
11790 unsigned long current_line;
11793 unsigned long current_file;
11794 unsigned long function;
11795 int ver = dwarf_version;
11797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11799 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11802 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11803 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11804 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11805 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11806 "Length of Source Line Info");
11807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11809 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11810 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11811 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11813 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11814 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11815 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11816 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11817 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11818 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11819 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11820 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11822 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11826 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11828 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11830 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11832 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11834 "Special Opcode Base");
11836 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11840 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11841 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11842 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11843 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11844 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11856 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11857 output_file_names ();
11858 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11860 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11861 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11862 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11864 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11865 a series of state machine operations. */
11869 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11870 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11872 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11873 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11875 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11878 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11879 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11882 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11883 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11884 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11885 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11886 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11890 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11892 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11893 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11894 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11895 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11896 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11897 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11899 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11902 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11903 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11904 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11905 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11909 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11910 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11913 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11917 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11919 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11920 different from the previous line. */
11921 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11923 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11925 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11928 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11929 that uses the least amount of space. */
11930 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11932 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11933 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11934 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11935 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11936 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11937 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11940 "line %lu", current_line);
11943 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11944 depending on the value being encoded. */
11945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11946 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11947 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11952 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11956 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11960 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11961 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11966 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11968 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11972 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11978 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11980 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11981 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11984 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11985 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11986 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11987 && line_info->function == function)
11991 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11992 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11993 to handle it differently. */
11994 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11996 if (function != line_info->function)
11998 function = line_info->function;
12000 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12004 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12008 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12011 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12012 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12013 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12019 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12020 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12024 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12026 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12027 different from the previous line. */
12028 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12030 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12035 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12036 that uses the least amount of space. */
12037 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12039 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12040 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12041 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12042 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12043 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12044 "line %lu", current_line);
12047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12048 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12062 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12063 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
12064 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
12069 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12070 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
12073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12074 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12075 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12080 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12082 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12085 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12092 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12093 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12096 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12098 static unsigned long
12099 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12101 unsigned long size;
12104 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12106 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12107 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
12109 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12110 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12112 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
12113 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12114 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12116 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12117 gcc_assert (poc_die);
12118 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12120 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12121 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
12123 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
12129 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12130 identical function have been merged. */
12133 output_dcall_table (void)
12136 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
12138 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12139 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12141 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12142 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12143 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12144 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
12145 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12146 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12147 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
12148 debug_info_section,
12149 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12150 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12152 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12154 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12155 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12157 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12158 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12161 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
12162 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
12163 "Caller DIE offset");
12166 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12167 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12168 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
12169 "Callee DIE offset");
12173 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12175 static unsigned long
12176 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12178 unsigned long size;
12182 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12185 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12186 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12187 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
12192 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12193 identical function have been merged. */
12196 output_vcall_table (void)
12199 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
12201 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12203 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12204 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12205 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12206 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
12207 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12208 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12209 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12211 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12213 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12214 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12215 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
12219 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12220 a DIE that describes the given type.
12222 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12223 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12226 base_type_die (tree type)
12228 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12229 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12231 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12234 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12235 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12236 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12237 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12239 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12242 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12244 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12245 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12247 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12249 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12250 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12252 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12256 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12258 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12259 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12261 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12264 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12267 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12268 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12269 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12270 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12271 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12273 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12276 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12277 a user defined type for it. */
12279 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12280 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12282 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12286 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12287 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12291 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12292 gcc_unreachable ();
12295 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12297 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12298 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12299 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12301 return base_type_result;
12304 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12305 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12308 is_base_type (tree type)
12310 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12316 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12324 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12325 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12326 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12329 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12336 gcc_unreachable ();
12342 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12343 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12344 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12345 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12346 ERROR_MARK node. */
12348 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12349 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12351 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12352 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12353 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12355 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12356 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12358 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12361 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12362 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12365 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12367 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12368 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12370 if (context_die == NULL)
12371 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12373 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12375 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12377 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12378 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12379 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12383 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12385 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12387 return subrange_die;
12390 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12391 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12394 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12395 dw_die_ref context_die)
12397 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12398 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12399 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12400 tree item_type = NULL;
12401 tree qualified_type;
12402 tree name, low, high;
12404 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12407 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12410 = get_qualified_type (type,
12411 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12412 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12414 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12415 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12416 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12418 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12419 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12421 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12422 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12423 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12424 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12426 qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12429 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12430 if (qualified_type)
12432 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12434 return mod_type_die;
12437 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12439 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12440 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12441 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12443 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12445 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12447 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12448 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12449 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12451 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12452 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12453 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12454 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12455 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12456 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12457 type to which it refers. */
12458 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12459 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12461 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12466 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12467 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12469 else if (is_volatile_type)
12471 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12472 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12474 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12476 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12477 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12478 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12479 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12480 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12481 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12482 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12484 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12486 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12487 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12490 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12491 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12492 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12493 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12494 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12495 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12496 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12498 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12499 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12500 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12502 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12503 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12505 else if (is_base_type (type))
12506 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12509 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12511 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12512 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12513 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12514 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12515 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12517 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12518 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12520 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12521 not the main variant. */
12522 return lookup_type_die (type);
12525 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12526 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12527 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12528 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12529 if the base type already has the same name. */
12531 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12532 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12533 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12534 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12535 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12536 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12538 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12539 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12540 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12541 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12542 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12543 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12545 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12546 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12547 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12549 if (qualified_type)
12550 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12553 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12554 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12555 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12556 types are possible in Ada. */
12557 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12558 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12559 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12562 if (sub_die != NULL)
12563 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12565 return mod_type_die;
12568 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12569 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12570 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12573 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12577 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12579 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12583 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12584 else if (DECL_P (t))
12585 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12589 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12591 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12592 or function. End of story. */
12595 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12596 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12597 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12599 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12601 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12602 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12603 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12604 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12606 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12608 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12609 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12610 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12611 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12612 an argument pack. */
12613 if (arg_pack_elems)
12614 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12618 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12619 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12624 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12625 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12626 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12627 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12628 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12630 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12631 as a child node. */
12634 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12636 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12638 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12639 const char *name = NULL;
12641 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12644 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12645 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12646 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12648 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12649 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12650 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12651 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12652 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12653 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12654 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12655 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12656 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12657 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12658 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12659 name of the template template argument. */
12660 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12663 gcc_unreachable ();
12669 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12670 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12671 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12672 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12676 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12678 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12681 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12683 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12684 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12685 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12686 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12687 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12688 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12689 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12690 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12695 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12696 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12697 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12699 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12700 to the name of the argument. */
12701 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12703 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12706 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12707 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12708 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12709 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12711 We must be careful here:
12712 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12713 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12714 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12715 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12716 emitted after cgraph computations.
12717 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12718 after cgraph is ready. */
12719 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12725 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12726 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12727 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12730 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12731 tree parm_pack_args,
12732 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12737 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12739 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12740 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12741 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12742 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12743 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12744 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12749 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12750 an enumerated type. */
12753 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12755 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12758 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12760 static unsigned int
12761 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12763 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12765 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12767 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12768 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12770 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12771 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12772 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12776 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12779 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12780 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12781 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12784 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12786 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12788 if (*list_head != NULL)
12790 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12791 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12794 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12795 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12799 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12800 zero if there is none. */
12802 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12803 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12807 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12810 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12812 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12813 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12815 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12818 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12819 a given hard register number. */
12821 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12822 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12824 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12828 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12830 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12832 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12833 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12835 return reg_loc_descr;
12838 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12839 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12841 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12842 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12843 enum var_init_status initialized)
12845 int nregs, size, i;
12847 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12850 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12851 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12853 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12854 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12855 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12858 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12859 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12861 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12862 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12864 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12869 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12871 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12872 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12873 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12874 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12880 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12882 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12884 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12887 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12889 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12891 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12892 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12893 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12894 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12895 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12898 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12899 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12903 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12905 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12907 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12909 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12910 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12912 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12914 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12915 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12919 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12920 else if (i <= 0xff)
12921 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12922 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12923 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12924 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12925 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12926 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12933 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12934 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12935 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12936 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12937 || i >= -0x80000000)
12938 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12943 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12947 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12948 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12949 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12951 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12952 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12955 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12957 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12964 else if (i <= 0xff)
12966 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12968 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12969 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12972 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12978 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12980 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12981 || i >= -0x80000000)
12984 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12986 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12987 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12988 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12989 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12990 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12991 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12993 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12994 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12995 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12999 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13001 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13002 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13006 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13008 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13009 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13010 enum var_init_status initialized)
13012 unsigned int regno;
13013 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13014 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13016 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13017 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13018 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13019 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13020 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13022 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13026 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13028 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13029 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13031 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13032 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13033 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13034 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13035 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13036 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13038 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13039 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13040 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13041 access stack variables. */
13042 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13043 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13046 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13047 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13048 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
13049 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13052 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13053 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13058 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13059 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13061 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13062 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13063 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13064 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13065 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13066 else in other part of the routine. */
13067 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13070 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13072 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13075 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13077 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13078 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13083 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13086 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13088 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13089 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13090 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13091 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13094 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13097 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13098 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13101 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13103 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13106 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13108 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13109 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13112 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13113 if (loc_result == NULL)
13116 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13117 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13122 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13126 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13128 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13130 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13132 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13135 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13136 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13138 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13142 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13143 or via for_each_rtx. */
13146 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13150 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13152 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13153 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13154 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13155 inform (current_function_decl
13156 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13157 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13158 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13161 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13162 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13166 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13169 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13172 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13173 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13174 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13177 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13178 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13183 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13186 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13187 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13188 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13189 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13190 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13191 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13193 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13195 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13197 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13198 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13206 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13207 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13208 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13211 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13213 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13214 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13216 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13217 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13222 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13223 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13224 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13225 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13227 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13228 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13229 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13230 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13232 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13233 autoincrement addressing modes.
13235 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13236 location list for RTL.
13238 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13240 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13241 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13242 enum var_init_status initialized)
13244 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13245 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13246 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13248 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13249 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13250 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13251 zeroth element of the array. */
13253 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13255 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13260 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13263 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13264 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13265 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13266 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13267 contains the given subreg. */
13268 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13270 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13271 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13273 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13275 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13279 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13280 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13281 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13282 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13283 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13284 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13285 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13286 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13287 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13288 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13289 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13290 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13291 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13292 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13293 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13294 else if (stack_realign_drap
13296 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13297 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13299 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13300 out, use DRAP instead. */
13301 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13302 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13308 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13309 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13314 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13315 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13316 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13317 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13321 mem_loc_result = op0;
13322 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13323 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13324 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13325 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13330 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13331 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13332 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13333 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13334 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13336 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13338 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13341 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13342 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13344 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13345 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13346 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13350 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13351 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13352 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13357 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13359 /* ... fall through ... */
13362 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13363 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13367 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13368 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13370 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13372 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13373 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13376 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13377 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13378 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13379 temp->dtprel = true;
13381 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13382 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13387 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13391 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13392 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13393 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13394 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13400 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13401 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13405 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13406 PLUS code below. */
13407 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13412 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13414 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13415 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13416 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13417 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13419 /* ... fall through ... */
13423 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13424 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13425 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13426 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13429 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13430 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13431 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13434 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13435 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13438 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13439 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13440 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13441 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13443 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13444 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13445 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13450 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13451 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13493 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13494 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13495 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13496 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13498 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13501 mem_loc_result = op0;
13502 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13503 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13507 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13508 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13509 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13510 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13512 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13515 mem_loc_result = op0;
13516 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13517 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13518 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13519 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13520 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13521 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13537 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13538 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13543 mem_loc_result = op0;
13544 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13548 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13576 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13577 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13581 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13583 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13584 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13585 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13588 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13589 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13590 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13591 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13593 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13596 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13597 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13599 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13600 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13601 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13602 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13603 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13605 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13607 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13608 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13611 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13612 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13614 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13615 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13616 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13617 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13618 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13619 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13620 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13621 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13622 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13623 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13624 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13625 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13626 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13627 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13628 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13629 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13630 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13633 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13634 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13635 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13636 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13639 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13640 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13646 mem_loc_result = op0;
13647 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13648 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13649 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13651 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13652 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13653 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13674 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13675 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13679 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13681 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13682 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13683 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13686 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13687 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13688 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13689 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13691 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13694 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13695 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13697 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13698 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13700 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13701 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13704 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13705 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13707 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13708 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13709 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13710 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13711 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13712 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13714 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13715 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13717 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13718 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13719 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13720 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13721 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13722 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13724 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13725 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13730 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13731 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13732 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13733 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13734 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13735 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13737 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13747 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13748 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13749 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13752 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13753 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13754 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13755 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13757 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13760 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13761 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13762 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13763 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13765 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13767 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13768 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13769 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13770 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13771 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13775 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13776 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13777 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13778 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13781 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13783 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13784 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13785 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13786 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13787 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13788 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13789 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13792 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13796 mem_loc_result = op0;
13797 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13798 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13800 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13802 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13803 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13804 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13805 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13806 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13807 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13808 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13814 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13815 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13816 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13817 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13818 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13819 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13820 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13823 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13824 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13827 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13831 mem_loc_result = op0;
13832 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13833 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13834 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13835 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13837 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13839 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13840 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13842 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13844 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13846 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13847 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13848 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13858 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13859 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13886 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13888 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13891 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13892 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13894 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13906 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13909 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13910 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13915 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13919 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13920 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13921 gcc_unreachable ();
13927 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13928 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13930 return mem_loc_result;
13933 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13934 This is typically a complex variable. */
13936 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13937 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13939 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13940 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13941 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13942 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13943 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13945 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13948 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13949 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13951 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13952 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13954 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13955 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13957 return cc_loc_result;
13960 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13963 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13964 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13967 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13968 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13970 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13972 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13973 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13975 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13979 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13980 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13983 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13984 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13986 return cc_loc_result;
13989 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13990 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13991 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13992 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13993 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13995 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13996 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13997 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13999 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14001 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14002 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
14003 enum var_init_status initialized)
14005 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
14007 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14010 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14011 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14012 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14013 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14014 contains the given subreg. */
14015 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
14019 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14024 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14028 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
14030 if (loc_result == NULL)
14031 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14032 if (loc_result == NULL)
14034 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14035 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14036 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
14041 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
14046 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14051 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
14053 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
14054 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14055 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
14056 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
14060 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14065 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
14066 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
14067 enum machine_mode mode;
14070 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14071 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
14072 VOIDmode, initialized);
14073 if (loc_result == NULL)
14075 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
14076 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14077 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
14079 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14081 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
14082 VOIDmode, initialized);
14085 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
14086 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
14087 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14093 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
14094 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
14099 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14100 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14102 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14104 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14106 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14107 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14108 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14109 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14110 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14111 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14112 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14114 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14115 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
14117 insert_float (rtl, array);
14118 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14119 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14120 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14121 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14125 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
14126 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14127 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14133 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14134 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14136 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14138 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14139 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14140 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
14144 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14145 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14147 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14148 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14150 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14151 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14153 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14154 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14157 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14158 insert_double (val, p);
14163 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14164 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14166 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14167 insert_float (elt, p);
14172 gcc_unreachable ();
14175 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14176 length * elt_size, 0);
14177 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14178 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
14179 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
14180 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14185 if (mode == VOIDmode
14186 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
14187 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14188 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
14190 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14195 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14198 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14199 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14201 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14202 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14203 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14204 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14205 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14210 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14211 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14212 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14214 /* Value expression. */
14215 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14217 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14218 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14226 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14227 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14228 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14229 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14230 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14231 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14233 static const char *
14234 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14236 const char *secname;
14238 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14240 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14241 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14243 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14245 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14246 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14248 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14249 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14251 secname = text_section_label;
14256 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14259 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14261 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14262 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14263 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14266 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14269 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14270 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14271 enum var_init_status initialized)
14273 int have_address = 0;
14274 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14275 enum machine_mode mode;
14277 if (want_address != 2)
14279 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14281 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14283 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14284 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14285 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14286 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14287 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14289 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14290 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14295 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14297 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14301 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14308 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
14309 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
14311 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
14312 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14319 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14320 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14322 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14324 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14325 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14328 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14331 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14332 if (want_address && !have_address)
14334 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14335 "Want address and only have value");
14339 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14340 if (!want_address && have_address)
14342 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14343 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14345 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14347 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14348 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14351 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14354 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14356 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14362 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14363 if it is not possible. */
14365 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14366 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14368 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
14369 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
14370 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14371 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
14376 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14377 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14379 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14380 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
14383 unsigned int padsize = 0;
14384 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
14385 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
14387 enum var_init_status initialized;
14389 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
14390 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
14393 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
14395 descr_tail = &descr;
14397 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
14399 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
14400 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
14401 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
14402 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
14403 unsigned int opsize = 0;
14405 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
14406 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
14408 padsize += bitsize;
14411 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
14412 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
14413 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
14414 if (cur_descr == NULL)
14416 padsize += bitsize;
14420 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14421 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14422 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14423 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
14424 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
14425 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
14427 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
14431 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
14433 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
14437 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14439 padsize += bitsize;
14443 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14444 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14447 if (padsize > decl_size)
14449 decl_size -= padsize;
14450 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
14451 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14453 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14456 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14458 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14460 decl_size -= bitsize;
14463 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
14464 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
14465 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14467 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14468 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14469 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14473 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
14474 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
14475 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
14476 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14477 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
14478 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
14483 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14484 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14485 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14487 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14489 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14490 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
14491 if (memsize != bitsize)
14493 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14494 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
14496 if (memsize < bitsize)
14498 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14499 offset = memsize - bitsize;
14503 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
14504 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14506 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14510 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14512 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14514 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
14515 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14521 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14522 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14525 static dw_loc_list_ref
14526 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14528 const char *endname, *secname;
14530 enum var_init_status initialized;
14531 struct var_loc_node *node;
14532 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14533 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14534 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14535 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14537 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14538 actually construct the list of locations.
14539 The first location information is what is passed to the
14540 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14541 locations just get added on to that list.
14542 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14543 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14544 the range [current location start, next location start].
14545 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14546 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14548 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14550 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14551 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14552 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14554 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14556 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14557 inside DWARF expressions. */
14558 if (want_address != 2)
14560 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14566 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14567 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14568 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14572 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14573 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14575 endname = node->next->label;
14576 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14577 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14578 else if (!current_function_decl)
14579 endname = text_end_label;
14582 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14583 current_function_funcdef_no);
14584 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14587 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14588 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14592 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14593 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14594 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14595 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14596 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14598 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14604 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14605 as location description. */
14608 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14610 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14611 return !list->ll_symbol;
14614 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14617 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14619 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14620 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14621 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14624 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14625 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14626 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14627 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14629 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14630 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14631 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14634 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14638 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14639 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14640 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14641 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14643 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14644 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14645 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14646 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14650 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14659 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14661 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14664 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14666 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14670 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14671 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14672 " location lists.\n");
14677 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14678 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14680 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14681 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14683 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14684 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14685 enum machine_mode mode;
14687 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14692 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14694 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14695 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14697 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14699 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14700 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14703 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14704 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14705 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14708 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14709 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14710 into simple arithmetics. */
14712 static dw_loc_list_ref
14713 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14716 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14717 enum machine_mode mode;
14719 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14720 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14722 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14723 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14724 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14726 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14728 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14731 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14733 expansion_failed (obj,
14734 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14737 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14738 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14740 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14741 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14743 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14748 /* Variable offset. */
14749 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14750 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14752 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14755 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14756 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14758 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14760 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14761 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14763 else if (bytepos < 0)
14764 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14765 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14766 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14772 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14773 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14774 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14775 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14776 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14777 to refer to register values). */
14779 static dw_loc_list_ref
14780 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14782 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14783 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14784 int have_address = 0;
14785 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14787 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14788 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14791 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14794 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14797 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14798 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14799 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14800 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14801 the names of types. */
14802 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14806 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14807 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14810 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14811 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14812 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14813 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14814 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14815 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14819 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14820 e.g. for &this->field. */
14823 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14824 (loc, want_address == 2);
14827 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14828 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14831 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14832 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14833 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14837 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14843 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14846 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14847 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14848 bool dtprel = false;
14850 if (targetm.have_tls)
14852 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14854 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14857 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14858 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14860 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14862 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14864 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14868 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14869 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14871 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14872 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14873 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14876 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14877 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14882 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14883 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14886 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14887 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14888 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14889 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14891 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14892 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14900 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14901 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14906 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14909 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14911 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14913 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14914 have_address = want_address != 0;
14917 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14918 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14920 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14923 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14925 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14926 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14927 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14928 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14930 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14932 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14935 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14937 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14938 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14939 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14943 enum machine_mode mode;
14945 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14946 if (want_address == 2)
14948 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14949 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14954 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14957 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14960 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14963 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14964 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14970 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14971 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14972 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14976 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14977 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14980 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14983 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14985 case COMPONENT_REF:
14986 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14988 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14989 case REALPART_EXPR:
14990 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14993 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14994 enum machine_mode mode;
14996 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14998 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14999 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15001 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
15003 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
15005 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
15006 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15007 for nonzero bitpos. */
15010 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
15012 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15013 "bitfield access");
15017 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
15019 /* Variable offset. */
15020 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15021 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15023 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15026 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15029 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15031 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
15032 else if (bytepos < 0)
15033 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15040 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
15041 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15043 else if (want_address == 2
15044 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
15045 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15046 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
15047 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
15049 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
15050 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
15053 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15054 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15063 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15066 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15067 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15068 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15071 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
15072 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
15077 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
15082 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
15083 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
15088 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
15089 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
15090 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
15091 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
15092 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15101 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
15102 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
15103 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
15104 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
15105 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15110 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15111 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15112 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15115 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15118 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15119 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15120 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
15121 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
15122 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
15134 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
15137 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
15139 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
15140 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
15142 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15146 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
15154 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15161 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15168 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15175 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15190 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15191 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15192 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15195 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15198 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15201 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
15215 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15219 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15225 const enum tree_code code =
15226 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
15228 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
15229 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
15230 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
15231 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
15234 /* ... fall through ... */
15238 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15239 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15240 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15241 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
15242 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
15244 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15245 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
15248 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
15249 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
15251 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
15252 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
15253 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
15255 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
15256 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15257 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
15259 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15260 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
15261 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
15262 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15263 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
15267 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
15271 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15272 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15273 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
15274 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
15276 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15277 "language specific tree node");
15281 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15282 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15283 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15284 gcc_unreachable ();
15286 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15287 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15292 if (!ret && !list_ret)
15295 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15296 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15298 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15300 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15301 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15305 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15307 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15308 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15311 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15312 if (want_address && !have_address)
15314 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15315 "Want address and only have value");
15319 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
15321 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15322 if (!want_address && have_address)
15324 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15326 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15328 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15329 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15332 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15335 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15338 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15340 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15343 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15348 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15349 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15350 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15352 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
15355 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15357 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15358 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15364 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15365 which is not less than the value itself. */
15367 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15368 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15370 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15373 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15374 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15375 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15376 ERROR_MARK node. */
15379 field_type (const_tree decl)
15383 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15384 return integer_type_node;
15386 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15387 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15388 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15393 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15394 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15395 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15397 static inline unsigned
15398 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15400 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15403 static inline unsigned
15404 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15406 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15409 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15411 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15412 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
15414 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15415 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15416 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15417 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15418 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15424 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15427 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15428 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15429 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15430 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15431 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15434 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15435 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15437 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15438 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15440 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15443 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15445 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15446 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15447 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15448 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15451 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15453 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15454 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15457 tree field_size_tree;
15458 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15459 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15460 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15461 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15462 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15464 type = field_type (decl);
15465 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15466 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15468 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15470 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15471 a flexible array member. */
15472 if (!field_size_tree)
15473 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15475 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15476 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15477 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15479 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15481 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15483 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15484 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15485 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15486 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15487 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15488 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15489 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15490 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15491 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15493 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15495 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15496 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15497 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15498 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15499 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15500 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15501 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15502 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15503 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15504 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15505 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15507 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15508 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15509 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15510 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15511 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15512 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15513 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15514 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15515 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15516 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15519 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15520 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15521 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15522 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15523 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15524 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15525 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15527 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15528 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15529 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15531 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15532 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15534 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15536 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15538 object_offset_in_bits
15539 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15541 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15543 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15545 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15546 object_offset_in_bits
15547 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15552 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15554 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15557 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15558 associated with them. */
15560 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15562 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15563 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15564 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15567 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15568 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15572 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15573 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15575 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15578 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15579 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15580 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15581 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15582 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15583 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15586 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15587 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15588 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15589 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15590 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15591 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15592 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15593 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15594 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15595 function below.) */
15598 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15600 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15601 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15603 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15605 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15606 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15608 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15609 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15610 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15611 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15613 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15615 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15617 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15619 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15620 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15621 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15623 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15624 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15625 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15627 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15628 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15629 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15631 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15632 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15633 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15634 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15636 /* Extract the offset. */
15637 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15638 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15640 /* Add it to the object address. */
15641 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15642 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15645 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15648 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15652 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15654 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15655 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15660 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15662 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15663 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15664 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15666 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15667 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15668 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15672 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15675 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15679 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15682 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15685 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15689 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15695 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15697 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15698 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15700 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15706 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15712 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15715 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
15717 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
15718 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15720 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15726 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15727 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15730 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15733 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15735 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15739 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15740 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15742 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15743 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15745 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15750 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15751 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15752 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15753 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15754 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15757 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15759 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15763 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15766 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15768 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15773 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15774 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15775 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15778 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15780 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15782 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15783 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15785 insert_float (rtl, array);
15786 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15789 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15790 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15796 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15797 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15798 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15799 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15803 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15805 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15806 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15808 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15809 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
15811 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15812 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
15815 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15816 insert_double (val, p);
15821 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15822 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15824 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15825 insert_float (elt, p);
15830 gcc_unreachable ();
15833 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15838 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15840 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15841 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15843 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15844 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15845 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15846 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15847 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15848 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15854 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15855 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15858 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15861 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15866 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15867 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15868 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15869 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15870 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15871 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15872 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15873 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15874 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15875 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15876 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15884 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15885 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15886 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15888 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15894 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15895 gcc_unreachable ();
15900 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15901 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15904 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15905 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15907 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15908 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15910 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15911 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15913 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15914 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15915 be conservative. */
15916 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15917 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15919 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15921 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15925 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15926 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15928 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15929 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15930 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15931 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15932 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15935 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15941 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15942 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15945 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15947 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15949 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15950 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15951 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15953 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15954 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15955 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15957 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15959 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15960 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15961 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15962 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15963 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15965 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15966 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15967 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15968 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15971 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15973 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15975 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15976 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15977 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15979 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15980 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15981 reference variables which won't be output. */
15982 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15983 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15985 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15987 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15988 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15993 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15995 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15996 bool constant_p = true;
15998 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
16000 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16001 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16002 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16003 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
16004 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
16006 constant_p = false;
16012 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
16022 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
16024 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16025 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
16031 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16034 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
16038 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16039 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16040 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16042 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16043 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16044 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16045 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16046 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16047 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16048 referenced within the function.
16050 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16051 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16052 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16053 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16055 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16056 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16057 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16058 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16059 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16060 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16062 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16063 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16064 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16065 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16066 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16067 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16068 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16069 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16070 output at debug-time.
16072 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16073 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16074 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16075 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16076 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16077 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16078 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16079 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16080 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16081 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16082 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16083 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16084 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16086 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16087 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16088 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16089 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16090 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16091 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16092 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16093 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16094 I'd like to fix it.
16096 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16097 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16098 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16099 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16100 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16101 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16102 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16103 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16104 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16105 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16106 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16108 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16109 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
16111 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16112 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16113 fixed registers. */
16114 if (! reload_completed)
16117 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
16119 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16121 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16122 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
16124 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16129 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
16131 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
16133 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16134 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
16135 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
16136 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
16138 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16139 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16140 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16141 if (dmode == pmode)
16142 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16143 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
16144 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16145 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16147 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16150 else if (MEM_P (inc))
16152 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16153 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
16154 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16155 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
16162 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16163 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16164 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16165 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16166 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16167 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16169 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
16170 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
16171 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16172 /* Not passed in memory. */
16173 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16174 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16175 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16176 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16177 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16178 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16179 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16182 /* Big endian correction check. */
16183 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16184 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
16185 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
16188 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
16189 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
16191 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16192 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
16195 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16198 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
16199 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16201 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
16202 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16204 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16205 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16206 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16207 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16208 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16209 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16211 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16212 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
16215 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16216 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16217 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16218 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16219 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
16222 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16224 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16225 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16226 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16228 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
16230 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16231 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16233 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
16234 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16235 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
16236 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
16237 && DECL_NAME (decl)
16238 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
16239 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
16241 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
16243 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16244 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
16251 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16252 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16253 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16256 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
16258 tree val_expr, cvar;
16259 enum machine_mode mode;
16260 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
16262 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
16264 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16265 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16266 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16267 be handled as such. */
16268 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16269 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
16270 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
16274 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
16275 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
16278 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
16279 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
16281 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
16282 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
16283 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
16284 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16288 if (offset != NULL)
16290 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
16292 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
16295 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16300 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16301 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16302 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16303 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16304 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16305 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16306 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16307 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16308 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16309 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16312 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
16313 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16316 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16317 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16319 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16322 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16323 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16325 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16328 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16329 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16330 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16333 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16334 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16335 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16336 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16339 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16340 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16341 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16342 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16344 struct var_loc_node *node;
16346 node = loc_list->first;
16347 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16348 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16349 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16350 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16351 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16354 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
16357 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16360 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16361 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16362 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16365 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16368 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16370 deferred_locations entry;
16371 entry.variable = variable;
16373 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16376 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16377 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16380 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16384 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16388 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16391 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16392 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16394 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16395 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16397 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16399 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16401 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16403 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16404 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16405 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16406 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16409 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16414 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16415 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16417 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16419 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16421 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16422 constructor_elt *ce;
16424 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16425 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16428 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16429 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16432 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16433 memset (array, '\0', size);
16435 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16438 tree val = ce->value;
16439 tree index = ce->index;
16441 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16442 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16445 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16450 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16453 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16454 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16456 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16457 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16461 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16462 curpos += fieldsize;
16465 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16469 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16470 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16472 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16473 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16474 constructor_elt *ce;
16476 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16479 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16480 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16483 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16484 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16486 tree val = ce->value;
16487 int pos, fieldsize;
16489 if (ce->index != 0)
16495 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16498 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16499 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16500 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16502 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16503 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16505 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16506 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16507 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16509 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16515 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16516 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16517 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16519 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16523 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16524 attribute is the const value T. */
16527 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16530 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16533 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16537 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16539 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16541 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16542 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16543 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16544 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16546 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16547 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16549 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16551 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16553 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16561 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16562 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16563 variable with static storage duration
16564 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16567 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16571 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16572 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16575 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16576 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16577 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16582 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16583 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16586 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16589 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16590 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16591 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16592 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16595 static dw_loc_list_ref
16596 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16599 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16601 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16602 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16603 dw_cfa_location remember;
16605 fde = current_fde ();
16606 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16608 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16612 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16613 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16614 remember = next_cfa;
16616 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16618 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16619 advance opcodes. */
16620 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16621 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16623 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16624 last_label = start_label;
16626 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16627 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16629 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16630 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16631 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16632 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16633 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16635 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16636 start_label, last_label, section);
16638 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16639 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16640 start_label = last_label;
16642 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16645 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16646 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16647 gcc_unreachable ();
16650 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16654 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16656 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16657 start_label, last_label, section);
16658 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16659 start_label = last_label;
16662 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16663 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16665 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16671 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16672 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16673 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16674 before the latter is negated. */
16677 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16681 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16682 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16683 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16685 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16686 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16689 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16690 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16692 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16693 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16696 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16697 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16698 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16699 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16700 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16701 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16703 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16706 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16707 the value of the attribute. */
16710 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16712 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16714 if (demangle_name_func)
16715 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16717 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16721 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16724 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16726 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16732 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16736 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16737 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16739 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16740 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16744 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16747 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16751 lower_bound_default (void)
16753 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16758 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16760 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16763 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16764 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16765 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16769 case DW_LANG_Python:
16770 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16771 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16772 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16773 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16774 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16775 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16776 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16778 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16784 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16785 a representation for that bound. */
16788 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16790 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16795 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16798 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16801 /* Use the default if possible. */
16802 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16803 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16804 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16805 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16808 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16809 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16810 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16811 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16813 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16814 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16815 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16816 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16818 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16819 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16820 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16821 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16823 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16824 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16829 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16830 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16840 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16842 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16843 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16844 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16845 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16846 later parameter. */
16847 if (decl_die != NULL)
16849 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16857 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16858 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16860 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16861 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16863 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16864 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16866 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16867 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16868 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16869 If that fails to give a single element list,
16870 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16871 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16872 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16874 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16881 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16882 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16884 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16886 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16887 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16888 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16889 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16890 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16896 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16897 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16898 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16899 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16902 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16904 unsigned dimension_number;
16906 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16908 for (dimension_number = 0;
16909 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16910 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16912 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16914 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16917 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16918 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16920 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16923 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16924 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16925 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16927 /* Define the index type. */
16928 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16930 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16931 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16932 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16933 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16934 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16935 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16936 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16939 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16943 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16944 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16946 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16947 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16948 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16950 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16952 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16955 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16956 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16962 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16966 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16971 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16974 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16975 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16978 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16979 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16980 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16981 even for bit-fields. */
16982 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16985 gcc_unreachable ();
16988 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16989 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16990 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16991 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16992 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16995 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16996 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16997 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17000 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17001 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17002 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17003 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17004 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17005 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17007 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17008 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17009 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17012 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17014 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
17015 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
17016 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
17017 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
17018 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
17019 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
17021 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17022 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
17024 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17025 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17026 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17027 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
17028 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17031 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
17033 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17034 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17035 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17036 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17037 below must take account of these differences. */
17038 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
17039 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
17041 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17043 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
17044 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
17048 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17049 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
17050 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
17052 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
17055 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17056 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17059 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17061 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17062 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
17063 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
17065 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17066 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
17069 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17070 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17073 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
17075 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
17076 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
17077 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17080 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17081 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17084 static inline dw_die_ref
17085 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17087 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17089 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17091 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17092 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17093 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17095 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17096 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17100 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17102 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17104 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17107 if (DECL_P (origin))
17108 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17109 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17110 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17112 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17113 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17114 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17115 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17116 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17117 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17118 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17122 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17126 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17129 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17131 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17133 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17135 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
17136 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17137 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17138 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
17141 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17142 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17143 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17144 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17145 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17149 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17152 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17154 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17156 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17157 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17160 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17161 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17164 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17168 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17169 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17171 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17173 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17174 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17175 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17177 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17178 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17179 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
17180 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
17182 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17183 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17185 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17187 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
17188 asm_name->die = die;
17189 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17190 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17191 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17193 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17194 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
17195 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
17199 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17200 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17201 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17202 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17204 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17205 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17206 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17211 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17214 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17216 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
17219 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17222 pop_decl_scope (void)
17224 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
17227 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17228 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17229 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17230 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17231 the current active scope. */
17234 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17236 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17237 tree containing_scope;
17240 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17241 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17243 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17245 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17246 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17248 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17251 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17254 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17255 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17256 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17257 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17258 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17260 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
17261 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17262 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17264 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17265 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17266 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17267 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
17268 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
17273 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17274 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
17276 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17277 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17280 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17283 scope_die = context_die;
17288 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17291 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17293 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17294 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17295 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17301 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17304 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17306 return (context_die
17307 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17308 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17309 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17310 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17313 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17314 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17317 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17319 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17320 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17323 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17324 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17325 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17328 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
17329 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
17331 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17332 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17334 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17335 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17336 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17337 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17338 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17339 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17340 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17342 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17343 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17344 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17345 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17346 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17349 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17350 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
17351 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
17354 if (type_die != NULL)
17355 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17358 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17359 function call type. */
17361 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17363 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17365 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17366 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17368 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17369 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17370 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17371 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17372 time being, following existing custom. */
17374 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17375 value = DW_CC_program;
17377 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17378 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17379 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17380 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17383 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17384 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17385 was declared without a tag. */
17387 static const char *
17388 type_tag (const_tree type)
17390 const char *name = 0;
17392 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17396 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17397 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
17398 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17400 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17401 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17403 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17404 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17406 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17407 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17408 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17409 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17410 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17411 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17414 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17415 if (!name && t != 0)
17416 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17419 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17422 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17423 for bit field types. */
17426 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17428 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17429 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17432 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17433 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17436 static const char *
17437 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17440 const char *fnname;
17442 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17443 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17446 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17448 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17453 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17454 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17455 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17458 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17460 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17461 dw_die_ref array_die;
17463 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17464 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17465 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17466 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17467 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17468 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17469 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17470 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17471 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17473 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17476 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17477 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17478 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17479 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17481 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17483 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17485 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17486 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17487 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17488 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17490 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17491 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17492 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17493 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17495 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17496 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17498 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17499 if (loc && size > 0)
17501 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17502 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17503 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17509 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17510 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17511 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17512 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17515 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17516 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17517 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17520 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17521 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17522 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17524 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17526 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17527 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17528 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17529 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17532 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17534 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17535 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17536 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17537 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17540 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17541 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17542 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17543 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17544 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17545 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17546 for multidimensional arrays. */
17547 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17550 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17551 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17552 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17553 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17554 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17557 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17559 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17560 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17561 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17562 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17563 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17565 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17567 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17570 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17571 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17574 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17576 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17577 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17580 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17581 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17583 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17584 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17585 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17587 if (val == base_decl)
17588 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17590 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17593 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17595 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17597 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17598 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17601 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17604 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17607 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17608 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17610 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17612 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17614 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17615 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17618 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17621 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17627 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17630 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17633 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17634 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17656 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17657 tree val, tree base_decl)
17659 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17661 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17663 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17667 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17671 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17674 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17675 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17678 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17679 dw_die_ref context_die)
17681 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17682 dw_die_ref array_die;
17685 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17686 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17687 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17689 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17691 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17692 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17694 if (info->data_location)
17695 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17697 if (info->associated)
17698 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17700 if (info->allocated)
17701 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17704 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17706 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17707 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17709 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17711 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17714 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17715 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17716 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17719 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17720 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17723 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17724 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17725 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17727 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17728 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17729 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17733 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17734 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17736 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17737 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17742 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17744 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17745 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17747 if (origin != NULL)
17748 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17751 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17752 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17753 0, 0, context_die);
17756 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17757 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17759 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17763 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17764 emit full debugging info for them. */
17767 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17771 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17772 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17773 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17774 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17777 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17779 static enum dwarf_tag
17780 record_type_tag (tree type)
17782 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17783 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17785 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17787 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17788 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17790 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17791 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17793 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17794 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17795 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17796 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17799 gcc_unreachable ();
17803 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17804 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17805 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17809 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17811 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17813 if (type_die == NULL)
17815 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17816 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17817 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17818 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17819 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17820 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17821 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17823 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17826 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17828 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17829 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17830 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17831 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17835 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17836 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17837 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17838 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17840 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17841 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17842 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17843 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17845 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17846 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17848 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17849 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17851 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17852 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17854 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17855 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17857 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17858 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17859 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17860 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17861 values as if they were signed. That means that
17862 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17863 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17864 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17865 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17869 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17871 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17872 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17877 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17878 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17881 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17882 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17883 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17884 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17885 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17886 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17887 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17888 argument type of some subprogram type.
17889 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17893 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17894 dw_die_ref context_die)
17896 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17897 tree ultimate_origin;
17898 dw_die_ref parm_die
17899 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17901 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17903 case tcc_declaration:
17904 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17905 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17906 origin = ultimate_origin;
17907 if (origin != NULL)
17908 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17911 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17913 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17914 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17915 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17918 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17919 TREE_READONLY (node),
17920 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17922 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17923 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17926 if (node && node != origin)
17927 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17928 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17929 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17935 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17936 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17940 gcc_unreachable ();
17946 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17947 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17950 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17951 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17952 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17953 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17954 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17955 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17958 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17960 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17964 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17966 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17967 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17970 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17971 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17973 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17975 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17978 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17979 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17984 return parm_pack_die;
17987 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17988 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17991 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17993 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17996 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17997 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17998 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17999 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18002 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18005 tree formal_type = NULL;
18006 tree first_parm_type;
18009 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18011 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
18012 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
18017 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18019 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18020 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18021 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
18023 dw_die_ref parm_die;
18025 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
18026 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
18029 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18030 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
18031 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18033 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
18034 && link == first_parm_type)
18035 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
18036 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18038 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18040 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
18043 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18044 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18045 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18046 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18048 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18049 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18050 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18051 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18052 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18053 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18056 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18057 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18058 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18059 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18060 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18063 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18065 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18067 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18068 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18069 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18070 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18071 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18073 dw_die_ref type_die;
18074 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18076 push_decl_scope (type);
18077 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18078 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18079 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18080 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18082 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18083 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18084 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18085 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18086 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18088 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18089 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18093 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18099 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18100 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18103 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18105 dw_die_ref old_die;
18109 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
18111 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18112 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18114 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18115 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18116 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18119 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18120 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18121 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18122 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18123 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18125 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18126 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18127 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18129 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18131 gen_type_die_for_member
18132 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
18135 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18136 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18137 current_function_decl = decl;
18138 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18140 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
18141 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
18142 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18143 if (! was_abstract)
18144 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
18146 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18147 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18151 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18154 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18155 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18158 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18163 type = (tree) *slot;
18164 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18166 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18170 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18171 through htab_traverse.
18173 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18174 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18175 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18178 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
18179 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18181 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18184 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18185 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18186 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18187 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18190 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18191 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18192 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
18195 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18196 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18197 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18198 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18204 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18207 premark_used_types (void)
18209 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
18210 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
18213 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18216 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18218 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18219 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
18220 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
18223 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18227 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18229 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18230 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18231 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18234 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18235 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18236 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18238 premark_used_types ();
18240 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18241 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18242 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18243 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18244 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18246 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18247 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18250 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18253 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18254 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18255 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18256 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18257 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18258 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18259 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18261 if (origin != NULL)
18263 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18265 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18266 inline function. */
18267 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18268 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18270 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18271 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18275 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18276 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18278 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18279 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18280 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18281 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18282 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18284 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18285 something we have already output. */
18289 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18290 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18291 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18292 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18293 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18294 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18295 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18296 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
18297 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18298 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18299 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18300 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18302 subr_die = old_die;
18304 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18305 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18306 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18307 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18308 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18309 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18310 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18314 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18315 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18316 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18317 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18318 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18319 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18324 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18326 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18327 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18329 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18330 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18332 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18333 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18334 0, 0, context_die);
18337 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18338 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18339 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18341 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18342 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18343 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18344 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18349 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18351 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18353 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18354 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18355 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18356 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18357 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18359 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18360 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18361 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18362 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18364 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18365 later reused to represent definition. */
18366 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18369 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18371 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18373 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18374 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18376 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18380 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18381 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18383 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18386 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18387 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18388 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18390 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18392 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18394 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18396 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18397 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18399 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18401 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18402 current_function_funcdef_no);
18403 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18404 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18405 current_function_funcdef_no);
18406 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18408 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18409 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18412 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18413 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18414 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18416 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18417 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18418 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18419 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18421 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18422 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18423 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18427 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18428 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18429 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18432 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18434 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18435 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18436 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18437 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18438 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18439 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18440 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18442 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18444 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18445 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18449 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18450 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18451 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18453 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18456 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18457 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18458 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18459 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18460 by this displacement. */
18461 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18463 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18464 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18465 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18468 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18469 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18470 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18472 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18473 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18474 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18475 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18476 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18477 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18478 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18479 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18480 an ellipsis at the end. */
18482 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18483 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18484 its formal parameters. */
18485 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18487 else if (declaration)
18488 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18491 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18492 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18493 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18494 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18495 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18498 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18499 emit their relevant DIEs.
18501 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18502 as well as it being a normal function.
18504 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18505 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18506 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18507 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18508 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18509 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18510 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18511 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18512 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18515 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18516 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18518 if (generic_decl_parm
18519 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18520 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18525 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18526 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18529 if (generic_decl_parm)
18530 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18533 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18534 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18535 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18536 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18537 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18538 parameters at all. */
18539 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18540 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18542 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18543 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18544 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18546 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18547 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18550 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18551 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18552 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18554 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18555 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18556 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18557 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18558 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18559 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18560 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18562 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18563 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18564 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18565 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18566 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18567 constructor function. */
18568 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18570 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18571 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18572 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18574 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18575 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18577 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18578 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18580 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18581 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18583 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18584 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18589 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18590 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18594 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18597 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18599 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18600 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18603 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18604 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18607 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18609 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18610 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18611 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18614 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18615 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18618 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18622 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18623 tree ultimate_origin;
18624 dw_die_ref var_die;
18625 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18626 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18627 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18628 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18630 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18631 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18632 origin = ultimate_origin;
18633 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18635 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18636 of a data member. */
18639 dw_die_ref com_die;
18640 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18641 die_node com_die_arg;
18643 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18646 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18648 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18653 /* Optimize the common case. */
18654 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18655 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18656 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18657 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18659 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18660 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18662 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18664 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18665 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18671 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18672 common_block_die_table
18673 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18674 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18676 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18677 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18678 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18679 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18680 if (com_die == NULL)
18683 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18686 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18687 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18690 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18691 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18692 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18693 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18695 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18696 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18697 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18698 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18699 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18700 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18702 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18704 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18705 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18706 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18708 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18709 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18710 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18711 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18712 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18717 /* Optimize the common case. */
18718 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18719 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18720 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18721 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18722 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18723 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18725 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18727 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18729 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18730 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18731 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18735 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18736 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18737 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18738 inside functions, though. */
18739 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18742 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18743 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18744 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18745 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18746 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18748 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18751 if (origin != NULL)
18752 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18754 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18755 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18757 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18758 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18761 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18763 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18764 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18765 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18767 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18768 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18770 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18771 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18772 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18774 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18775 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18777 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18778 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18780 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18781 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18786 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18788 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18789 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18790 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18792 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18793 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18795 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18796 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18798 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18799 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18801 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18802 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18803 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18804 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18808 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18810 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18811 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18814 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18815 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18816 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18818 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18819 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18820 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18821 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18822 to add it again. */
18823 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18825 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18826 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18827 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18829 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18832 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18835 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18838 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18841 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18843 dw_die_ref const_die;
18844 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18846 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18847 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18848 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18849 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18850 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18851 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18852 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18853 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18856 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18859 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18861 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18862 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18864 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18866 if (origin != NULL)
18867 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18869 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18871 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18872 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18875 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18877 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18878 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18879 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18883 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18885 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18886 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18887 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18888 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18889 it if it ever does happen. */
18890 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18892 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18893 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18898 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18899 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18900 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18903 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18905 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18907 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18909 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18910 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18915 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18916 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18919 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18921 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18923 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18924 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18928 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18931 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18932 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18935 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18937 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18940 add_ranges (chain);
18941 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18948 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18949 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18950 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18951 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18952 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18953 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18957 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18960 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18962 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18964 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18965 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18967 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18970 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18973 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18977 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18979 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18981 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18983 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18984 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18985 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18986 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18987 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18989 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18991 dw_die_ref subr_die
18992 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18994 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18995 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18996 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18997 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18999 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
19000 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
19004 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19007 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19009 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19011 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
19014 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19015 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19016 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
19017 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
19020 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
19022 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19023 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19024 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19027 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
19028 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19030 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19031 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19033 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
19034 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19035 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
19036 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19038 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19039 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19043 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19044 Use modified_type_die instead.
19045 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19046 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19049 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19052 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19054 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19055 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19056 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19059 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19060 Use modified_type_die instead.
19061 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19062 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19065 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19067 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19069 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19070 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19072 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19074 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19075 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19076 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19080 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19083 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19086 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19087 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19089 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19090 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19091 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19092 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19095 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19098 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19101 char producer[250];
19102 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19105 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19109 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19110 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19111 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19112 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19115 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19117 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19118 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19119 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19120 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19121 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19122 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19123 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19124 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19125 strcat (producer, " -g");
19128 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
19130 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19131 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
19132 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19133 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19134 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19135 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19136 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19137 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19139 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19140 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19141 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19142 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19143 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19144 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19145 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19146 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19147 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19148 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19151 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19155 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19156 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19157 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19158 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19159 lowercases everything. */
19160 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19163 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19169 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19172 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19174 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19176 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
19177 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19179 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19180 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19182 if (access == access_public_node)
19183 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19184 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19185 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19188 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19191 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19194 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19197 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19198 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19199 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19200 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19201 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19202 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19203 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19204 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19205 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19206 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19207 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19209 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19212 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19216 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19217 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19218 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
19219 : access_public_node), context_die);
19222 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19223 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19225 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19226 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19227 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19228 do put them in the right order. */
19230 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19232 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19234 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19237 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19238 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19240 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19241 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19244 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19246 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19248 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19252 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19253 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19254 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19257 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19258 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19260 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19261 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19263 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19264 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19265 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19266 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19267 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19269 if (type_die && ! complete)
19272 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19273 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19274 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19277 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19279 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
19280 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19282 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
19284 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
19285 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
19287 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19289 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
19291 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19294 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19296 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19297 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19298 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
19299 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
19301 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19302 then give a list of members. */
19303 if (complete && !ns_decl)
19305 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19306 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19307 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19308 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19309 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19310 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19312 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19313 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19314 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19315 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
19317 push_decl_scope (type);
19318 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
19321 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19322 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
19324 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
19326 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
19327 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19328 lookup_type_die (vtype));
19333 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19335 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19336 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19337 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
19338 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
19341 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19342 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19345 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19348 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19350 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
19351 dw_die_ref subr_die
19352 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
19353 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19355 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
19356 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
19357 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19358 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
19360 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
19361 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
19364 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19367 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19369 dw_die_ref type_die;
19372 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
19375 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
19376 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
19377 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19378 if (origin != NULL)
19379 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19384 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19385 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19387 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19389 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19390 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19393 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19395 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19396 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19399 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19400 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19402 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19403 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19406 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19409 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19410 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19413 struct array_descr_info info;
19415 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
19418 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19419 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19420 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
19421 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19423 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19426 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19427 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19429 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19430 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19431 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19432 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19433 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19435 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19436 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19440 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19441 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19442 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19443 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19444 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19446 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19447 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19451 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19452 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19453 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19454 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19455 cloned type itself). */
19456 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19457 type = type_main_variant (type);
19459 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19462 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19468 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19469 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19470 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19471 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19472 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19474 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19476 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19477 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19478 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19479 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19483 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19484 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19485 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19486 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19488 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19489 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19490 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19492 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19494 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19497 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19498 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19499 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19500 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19501 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19505 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19506 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19507 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19508 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19512 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19516 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19519 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19522 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19523 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19524 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19525 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19526 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19527 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19528 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19529 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19530 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19531 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19533 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19535 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19538 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19539 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19540 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19543 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19544 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19546 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19547 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19548 decls_for_scope. */
19549 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19554 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19558 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19560 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19561 declare_in_namespace. */
19562 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19563 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19566 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19571 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19572 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19573 when appropriate. */
19579 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19582 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19586 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19588 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19589 if (type_die == NULL)
19591 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19592 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19593 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19594 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die, type);
19595 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19596 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19602 gcc_unreachable ();
19605 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19609 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19611 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19614 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19615 things which are local to the given block. */
19618 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19620 int must_output_die = 0;
19623 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19624 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19627 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19629 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19630 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19631 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19632 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19636 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19637 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19642 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19645 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19646 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19647 must_output_die = 1;
19650 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19651 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19652 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19653 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19654 as being a "significant" one. */
19655 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19656 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19657 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19658 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19659 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19660 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19661 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19662 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19663 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19664 must_output_die = 1;
19667 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19668 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19669 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19670 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19671 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19672 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19673 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19674 if (must_output_die)
19678 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19679 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19680 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19681 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19682 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19683 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19684 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19685 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19687 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19688 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19689 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19690 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19691 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19692 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19695 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19698 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19701 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19702 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19704 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19707 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19709 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19710 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19711 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19712 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19713 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19717 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19718 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19719 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19720 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19721 stmt, context_die);
19723 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19726 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19727 all of its sub-blocks. */
19730 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19736 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19737 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19740 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19741 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19742 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19743 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19744 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19745 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19746 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19747 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19750 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19751 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19754 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19755 therein) of this block. */
19756 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19758 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19759 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19762 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19765 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19767 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19770 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19771 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19772 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19773 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19774 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19775 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19781 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19783 static inline dw_die_ref
19784 get_context_die (tree context)
19788 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19789 if (TYPE_P (context))
19790 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19792 return force_decl_die (context);
19794 return comp_unit_die;
19797 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19800 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19802 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19803 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19804 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19805 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19808 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19810 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19814 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19816 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19817 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19818 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19819 declaration die. */
19820 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19821 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19822 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19823 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19827 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19828 gen_decl_die() call. */
19829 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19830 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19831 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19832 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19835 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19836 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19837 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19839 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19840 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19844 gcc_unreachable ();
19847 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19849 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19850 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19856 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19857 always returned. */
19860 force_type_die (tree type)
19862 dw_die_ref type_die;
19864 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19867 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19869 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19870 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19871 gcc_assert (type_die);
19876 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19877 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19880 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19882 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19883 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19884 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19885 /* Force out the namespace. */
19886 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19888 return context_die;
19891 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19892 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19894 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19895 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19898 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19900 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19902 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19903 return context_die;
19905 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19906 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19907 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19908 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19909 return context_die;
19911 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19913 if (ns_context != context_die)
19917 if (DECL_P (thing))
19918 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19920 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19922 return context_die;
19925 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19928 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19930 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19932 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19933 they are an alias of. */
19934 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19936 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19937 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19938 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19939 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19940 context_die, decl);
19941 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19942 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19944 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19946 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19949 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19950 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19951 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19952 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19956 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19958 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19959 dw_die_ref origin_die
19960 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19962 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19963 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19964 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19965 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19966 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19967 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19968 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19969 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19973 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19976 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19978 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19979 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19981 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19984 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19990 if (!is_fortran ())
19992 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19993 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19997 /* Emit its type. */
19998 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20000 /* And its containing namespace. */
20001 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20003 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
20006 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20007 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20008 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20009 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20010 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20011 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
20012 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
20017 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20018 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20019 if (current_function_decl != decl)
20020 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20023 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20024 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
20025 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20026 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
20027 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20029 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20030 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20031 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
20032 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
20033 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
20034 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20035 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20036 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20037 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20039 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20040 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20043 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20044 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20046 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20047 have described its return type. */
20048 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20050 /* And its virtual context. */
20051 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20052 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20054 /* And its containing type. */
20056 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20057 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20058 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20060 /* And its containing namespace. */
20061 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20064 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20066 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20070 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20071 actual typedefs. */
20072 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20075 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20076 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20077 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20078 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20079 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20080 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20081 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20082 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20083 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20085 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20088 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20089 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20091 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20092 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20096 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20097 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20102 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20103 variable declarations or definitions. */
20104 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20107 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20109 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20110 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20112 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20114 /* And its containing type. */
20115 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
20116 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
20117 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
20119 /* And its containing namespace. */
20120 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
20122 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20123 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20124 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20126 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20127 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
20128 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
20129 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20130 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20133 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20137 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20138 anonymous unions and structs. */
20139 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
20140 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
20141 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
20143 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
20144 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
20149 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
20150 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20152 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20153 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20154 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20158 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20159 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20160 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20161 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
20165 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20166 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
20171 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20172 compilation proper has finished. */
20175 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
20177 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20178 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20179 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20180 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20181 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
20182 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20185 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20186 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20188 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
20191 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20194 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20195 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20196 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20197 that DECL belongs to.
20198 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20200 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
20202 tree lexical_block,
20203 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
20205 expanded_location xloc;
20206 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
20207 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
20209 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20211 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20212 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
20216 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
20218 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
20220 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20221 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20222 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20223 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20224 if (!at_import_die)
20226 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
20227 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
20228 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20229 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
20234 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20235 if (!at_import_die)
20237 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20238 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20239 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
20241 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
20243 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20244 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20245 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
20246 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20248 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
20249 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
20251 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
20255 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20257 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20258 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
20265 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
20269 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
20270 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
20272 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
20273 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20274 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
20277 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20278 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20279 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20280 importing whole module. */
20283 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
20286 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20287 dw_die_ref scope_die;
20289 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20294 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20295 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20298 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20299 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20301 && TYPE_P (context)
20302 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20305 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20308 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
20312 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
20313 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
20314 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
20315 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
20318 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20319 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
20323 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20326 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
20328 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
20330 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20335 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20336 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20337 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20338 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20339 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20340 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20341 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20342 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20343 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20344 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20345 with the definition of the function.
20347 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20348 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20349 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20350 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20351 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
20352 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
20353 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
20354 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
20355 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
20356 that they *are* definitions).
20358 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
20359 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
20360 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
20361 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
20362 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
20363 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
20366 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
20367 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
20368 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
20369 if (decl_function_context (decl)
20370 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
20371 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20372 context_die = NULL;
20376 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
20377 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
20378 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
20379 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
20380 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
20381 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
20382 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
20383 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
20384 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
20387 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
20388 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20389 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20391 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20392 variable declarations or definitions. */
20393 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20398 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20400 if (!is_fortran ())
20402 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20403 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20406 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20407 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20408 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20410 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
20415 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20416 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
20419 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20420 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20421 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
20423 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20424 comparisons have. */
20426 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20427 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
20428 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
20433 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20434 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20437 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20438 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20439 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20440 context_die = NULL;
20448 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20451 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20454 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20456 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20458 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20461 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20462 a lexical block. */
20465 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20466 unsigned int blocknum)
20468 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20469 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20472 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20476 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20478 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20479 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20482 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20483 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20485 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20486 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20487 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20490 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20495 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20496 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20497 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20499 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20501 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20502 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20503 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20510 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20513 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20515 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20516 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20517 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20518 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20522 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20524 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20525 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20528 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20529 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20530 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20531 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20532 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20533 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20534 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20535 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20536 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20539 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20540 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20543 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20545 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20546 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20547 if (file_table_last_lookup
20548 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20549 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20550 return file_table_last_lookup;
20552 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20553 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20554 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20556 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20558 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20559 created->filename = file_name;
20560 created->emitted_number = 0;
20565 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20566 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20567 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20568 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20569 types, which may include filenames. */
20572 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20574 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20576 if (last_emitted_file)
20577 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20579 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20580 last_emitted_file = fd;
20582 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20584 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20585 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20586 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20587 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20591 return fd->emitted_number;
20594 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20595 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20596 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20599 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20601 die_arg_entry entry;
20606 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20607 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20608 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20612 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20613 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20617 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20618 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20619 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20622 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20624 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20630 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20632 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20637 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20640 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20646 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20650 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20654 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20657 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20659 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20660 /* replace the string. */
20661 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20665 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20668 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20669 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20670 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20673 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20676 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20678 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20682 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20683 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20684 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20685 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20687 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20688 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20691 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20694 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20696 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20699 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20700 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20703 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20705 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20706 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20709 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20712 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20714 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20715 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20718 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20719 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20720 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20721 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20722 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20726 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20728 static unsigned int
20729 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20731 struct vcall_insn item;
20732 struct vcall_insn *p;
20734 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20735 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20736 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20738 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20740 return (unsigned int) -1;
20741 return p->vtable_slot;
20745 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20746 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20747 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20751 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20753 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20755 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20756 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20757 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20761 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20762 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20766 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20768 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20770 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20771 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20774 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20775 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20776 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20777 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20778 lowering to RTL. */
20781 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20783 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20786 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20789 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20790 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20791 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20793 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20794 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20797 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20798 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20799 our lookup table. */
20802 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20804 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20805 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20807 static const char *last_label;
20808 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20809 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20812 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20815 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20816 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20817 don't do anything. */
20818 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20821 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20822 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20823 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20824 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20825 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20826 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20829 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20832 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20833 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20834 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20835 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20836 if (newloc == NULL)
20839 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20840 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20841 create a new label and emit it. */
20842 if (last_label == NULL)
20844 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20845 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20847 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20850 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20851 newloc->label = last_label;
20854 if (!last_postcall_label)
20856 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20857 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20859 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20862 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20863 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20866 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20867 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20868 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20869 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20872 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20874 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20875 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20877 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20880 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20881 and record information relating to this source line, in
20882 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20885 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20886 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20888 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20890 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20893 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20895 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20897 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20898 if (flag_debug_asm)
20899 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20902 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20904 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20905 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20906 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20908 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20909 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20911 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20912 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20913 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20915 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20916 line_info_table_in_use++;
20918 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20920 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20921 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20922 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20923 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20925 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20926 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20927 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20929 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20930 separate_line_info_table
20931 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20932 separate_line_info_table,
20933 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20934 memset (separate_line_info_table
20935 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20937 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20938 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20941 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20943 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20944 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20945 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20946 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20950 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20952 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20953 line_info_table_in_use);
20955 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20956 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20958 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20960 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20961 line_info_table_allocated);
20962 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20963 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20966 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20967 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20968 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20969 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20974 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20977 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20979 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20981 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20982 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20984 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20985 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20988 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20990 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20992 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
21001 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21004 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21006 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21007 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21008 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
21010 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21012 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
21017 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21018 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21019 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21022 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21023 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21025 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21027 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
21029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21030 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21034 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21035 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21036 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21039 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21040 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21042 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21044 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
21046 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21047 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21051 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21054 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21056 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21057 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21058 file_table_eq, NULL);
21060 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21061 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21062 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21064 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21065 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21066 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21068 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21069 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21071 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21072 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21073 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21074 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21075 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21077 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21078 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21079 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21081 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21082 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
21084 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21085 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21086 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21088 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21089 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
21090 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
21092 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
21093 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
21094 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
21095 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
21096 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
21097 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
21098 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
21100 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21102 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21104 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21105 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21106 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21107 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21108 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21109 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21110 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
21111 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21112 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21113 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21114 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21115 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21116 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21117 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21118 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21119 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21120 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
21121 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21122 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
21123 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21124 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21125 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21126 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21127 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21128 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21129 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21131 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21132 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21133 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21135 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21136 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21137 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21139 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21140 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21142 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21143 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21144 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21145 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21146 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
21147 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
21148 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
21149 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21150 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
21152 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21154 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21156 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21157 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
21160 switch_to_section (text_section);
21161 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21162 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21164 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21165 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21166 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21171 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21172 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21175 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21177 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21179 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21180 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
21182 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21186 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21187 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21190 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21192 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21194 if (node->label && node->refcount)
21196 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21197 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21198 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21204 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21205 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21208 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21212 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21213 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21215 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21217 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21218 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21221 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21227 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21230 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21231 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21234 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21241 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21243 /* A reference to another DIE.
21244 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21245 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21246 if (dwarf_version < 4
21247 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21248 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21249 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21251 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21252 accounts properly for it. */
21253 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21254 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21259 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21260 to DIE's children. */
21263 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21267 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21269 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21272 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21273 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21274 if (die->die_parent)
21275 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21277 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21278 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21280 /* If this node is a specification,
21281 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21282 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21283 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21286 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21288 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21289 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21292 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21293 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21294 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21295 for all type definitions. */
21296 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21297 || (dwarf_version >= 4
21298 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21299 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21301 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21305 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21306 and if so, mark them. */
21309 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21313 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21316 switch (die->die_tag)
21318 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21319 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21320 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21323 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21324 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21325 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21326 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21333 /* Mark children. */
21334 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21337 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21340 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21344 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21345 children have been marked as well. */
21346 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21349 switch (die->die_tag)
21351 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21352 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21353 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21354 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21357 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21358 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21361 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21362 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21363 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21364 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21365 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21367 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21369 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21372 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21373 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21374 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21375 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21376 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21377 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21378 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21379 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21380 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21381 case DW_TAG_friend:
21382 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21383 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21384 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21385 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21386 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21387 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21388 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21389 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21390 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21393 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21397 /* Mark everything else. */
21401 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21405 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21406 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21411 /* Mark children. */
21412 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21415 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21419 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21424 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21425 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21427 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21429 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21430 twice in the hash table. */
21432 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21435 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21436 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21438 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21444 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21447 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21451 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21452 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21454 if (! die->die_child)
21457 c = die->die_child;
21459 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21460 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21461 if (c == die->die_child)
21463 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21465 /* No marked children at all. */
21466 die->die_child = NULL;
21469 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21470 die->die_child = prev;
21475 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21477 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21478 } while (c != die->die_child);
21481 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21482 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21483 decided to emit. */
21486 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21488 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21490 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21491 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21496 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21499 prune_unused_types (void)
21502 limbo_die_node *node;
21503 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21505 dcall_entry *dcall;
21507 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21508 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21509 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21510 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21511 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21512 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21513 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21514 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21516 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21517 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21519 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21520 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21521 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21522 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21523 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21525 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21526 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21529 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21530 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21531 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21532 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21533 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21534 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21536 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21537 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21538 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21540 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21541 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21542 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21543 else if (debug_str_hash)
21544 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21545 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21546 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21547 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21548 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21549 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21551 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21552 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21553 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21554 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21555 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21556 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21559 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21562 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21564 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21565 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21566 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21574 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21577 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21580 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21582 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21587 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21589 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21590 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21592 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21593 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21596 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21597 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21598 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21599 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21600 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21601 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21604 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21606 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21607 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21609 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21613 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21615 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21619 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21621 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21622 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21626 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21627 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21628 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21631 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21635 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21637 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21638 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21639 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21641 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21642 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21643 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21645 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21646 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21651 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21652 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21653 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21656 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21657 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21663 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21664 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21665 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21668 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21670 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21671 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21672 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21673 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21674 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21675 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21680 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21681 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21682 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21683 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21684 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21685 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21688 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21692 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21695 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21696 switch (AT_class (a))
21698 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21699 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21702 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21704 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21705 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21707 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21708 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21713 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21715 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21717 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21721 case dw_val_class_loc:
21722 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21724 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21728 case dw_val_class_addr:
21729 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21730 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21732 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21740 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21743 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21744 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21747 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21749 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21750 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21751 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21752 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21755 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21757 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21758 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21759 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21760 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21761 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21762 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21765 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21767 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21770 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21772 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21773 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21774 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21778 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21779 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21780 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21781 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21783 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21785 next_node = node->next;
21788 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21790 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21793 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21794 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21796 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21797 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21798 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21801 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21802 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21803 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21804 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21805 this to be a child of the containing function.
21807 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21808 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21809 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21810 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21811 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21813 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21815 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21816 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21817 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21818 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21820 gcc_assert (context
21821 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21822 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21824 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21826 add_child_die (origin, die);
21828 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21833 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21835 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21837 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21839 tree decl = node->created_for;
21840 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21842 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21843 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21844 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21848 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21850 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21851 emit full debugging info for them. */
21852 retry_incomplete_types ();
21854 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21855 prune_unused_types ();
21857 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21858 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21859 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21860 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21862 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21863 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21865 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21867 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21868 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21870 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21872 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21873 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21874 references to the main compile unit). */
21875 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21876 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21877 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21879 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21880 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21881 referenced. Prune them. */
21882 prune_unused_types ();
21885 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21886 that have children. */
21887 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21888 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21889 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21890 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21891 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21893 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21894 switch_to_section (text_section);
21895 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21896 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21898 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21899 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21902 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21904 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21905 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21907 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21908 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21913 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21914 bool range_list_added = false;
21916 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21917 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21918 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21919 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21920 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21921 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21922 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21924 if (text_section_used)
21925 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21926 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21927 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21928 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21929 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21931 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21933 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21935 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21937 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21938 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21939 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21940 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21941 &range_list_added);
21942 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21943 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21944 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21945 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21946 &range_list_added);
21948 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21949 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21950 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21953 if (range_list_added)
21957 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21958 if (have_location_lists)
21960 /* Output the location lists info. */
21961 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21963 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21964 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21965 output_location_lists (die);
21968 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21969 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21970 debug_line_section_label);
21972 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21973 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21975 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21976 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21977 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21978 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21980 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21981 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21983 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21985 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21986 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21989 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21990 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21992 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21993 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21994 debug_line_section_label);
21996 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21999 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22001 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22002 has been emitted. */
22003 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
22005 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22006 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22007 output_abbrev_section ();
22009 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22010 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22012 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22013 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22016 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22017 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22018 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22019 simply won't look for the section. */
22020 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22022 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22023 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22026 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
22027 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
22029 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
22030 output_dcall_table ();
22032 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
22034 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
22035 output_vcall_table ();
22038 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22039 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22040 if (fde_table_in_use)
22042 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22046 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22047 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22049 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22050 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22054 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22055 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22056 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22057 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22058 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22059 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22060 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22062 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22063 output_line_info ();
22066 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22067 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22069 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22070 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22073 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22075 if (debug_str_hash)
22076 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22080 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
22081 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
22085 0, /* assembly_start */
22088 0, /* start_source_file */
22089 0, /* end_source_file */
22090 0, /* begin_block */
22092 0, /* ignore_block */
22093 0, /* source_line */
22094 0, /* begin_prologue */
22095 0, /* end_prologue */
22096 0, /* end_epilogue */
22097 0, /* begin_function */
22098 0, /* end_function */
22099 0, /* function_decl */
22100 0, /* global_decl */
22102 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
22103 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
22104 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
22106 0, /* handle_pch */
22107 0, /* var_location */
22108 0, /* switch_text_section */
22109 0, /* direct_call */
22110 0, /* virtual_call_token */
22111 0, /* copy_call_info */
22112 0, /* virtual_call */
22114 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
22117 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
22119 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"